all | frequencies |
|
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 |
|
Manual 1 of 5 | Users Manual | 4.60 MiB | July 07 2008 | |||
1 |
|
manual 2 of 5 | Users Manual | 5.67 MiB | July 07 2008 | |||
1 |
|
manual 3 of 5 | Users Manual | 4.97 MiB | July 07 2008 | |||
1 |
|
manual 4 of 5 | Users Manual | 2.35 MiB | July 07 2008 | |||
1 | Cover Letter(s) | July 07 2008 | ||||||
1 | Cover Letter(s) | August 07 2008 / July 07 2008 | ||||||
1 | Attestation Statements | July 07 2008 | ||||||
1 | Internal Photos | July 07 2008 | ||||||
1 | ID Label/Location Info | July 07 2008 | ||||||
1 | Operational Description | July 07 2008 | ||||||
1 | External Photos | July 07 2008 | ||||||
1 | ID Label/Location Info | July 07 2008 | ||||||
1 | Test Report | July 07 2008 | ||||||
1 | Test Setup Photos | July 07 2008 |
1 | Manual 1 of 5 | Users Manual | 4.60 MiB | July 07 2008 |
STTRS DOCUMENTATION User/Maintenance Handbook GETS Global Signalling L.L.C. AFL Works Order Q115525 For STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 1 of 500 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Table of Contents INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................... 2 1.1. Scope and Purpose of Document............................................................................................. 2 1.2. Limitation of Liability Notice ...................................................................................................... 2 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS................................................................................................... 2 2.1. Earthing of Equipment .............................................................................................................. 2 2.2. Electric Shock Hazard............................................................................................................... 2 2.3. RF Radiation Hazard ................................................................................................................ 2 2.4. Lifting and other Health and Safety Recommendations............................................................ 2 2.5. Chemical Hazard ...................................................................................................................... 2 2.6. Laser Safety.............................................................................................................................. 2 2.7. Emergency Contact Numbers................................................................................................... 2 SYSTEM OVERVIEW ***///*** .................................................................................................. 2 800MHZ KCRS MASTER SITE (80-330651)............................................................................ 2 4.1. 800MHz KCRS MASTER SITE (80-330651) Drawings ............................................................ 2 800MHz KCRS MASTER SITE (80-330651) Rack Elevation............................................. 2 4.1.1. 800MHz KCRS MASTER SITE (80-330651) System Diagram .......................................... 2 4.1.2. 4.1.3. 800MHz KCRS MASTER SITE (80-330651) Alarm Wiring Diagram ................................. 2 4.2. 800MHz KCRS Master Site (80-330651) Sub Components ..................................................... 2 4.2.1. 800MHz FO Master Splitter/Attenuator (55-165503).......................................................... 2 4.2.1.1. Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302) ....................................................................... 2 4.2.1.2. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) .................................................... 2 4.2.1.3. Dummy Load (80-007401) .............................................................................................. 2 4.2.2. F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) ...................................................................................... 2 4.2.3. Optical A/B Switch FC/APC (98-700002) ........................................................................... 2 4.2.4. Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) ......................................................................................... 2 4.2.4.1. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001).......................................................... 2 700MHZ KCM MASTER SITE / PIONEER SQ (80-330652) .................................................... 2 5.1. 700MHz KCM MASTER SITE / PIONEER SQ (80-330652) Rack Elevation............................ 2 5.2. 700MHz KCM MASTER SITE / PIONEER SQ (80-330682) System Diagram ......................... 2 5.3. 700MHz KCM MASTER SITE / PIONEER SQ (80-330682) Alarm Wiring Diagram ***//***
Approval In progresss G.D.................................................................................................................. 2 5.4. 700MHz KCM MASTER SITE / PIONEER SQ (80-330682) Sub Components ........................ 2 5.4.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703)................................................................................... 2 5.4.1.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) Outline Drawing..................................................... 2 5.4.1.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) System Diagram.................................................... 2 5.4.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206)........................................................................................... 2 5.4.1.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105).................................................................. 2 5.4.1.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ........................................................ 2 5.4.1.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702).................................................................................... 2 5.4.1.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) .......................................................................................... 2 5.4.1.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................... 2 5.4.1.9. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................... 2 5.4.1.10. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601) .......................................................................... 2 5.4.1.11. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901)........................................................................ 2 5.4.1.12. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 5.4.1.13. DC/DC Converter 96-200047....................................................................................... 2 5.4.1.14. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052)............................................................................ 2 5.4.2 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704)................................................................................... 2 5.4.2.1. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) Outline Drawing..................................................... 2 5.4.2.2. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) System Diagram.................................................... 2 5.4.2.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206)........................................................................................... 2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 2 of 500 6. 5.4.2.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105).................................................................. 2 5.4.2.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ........................................................ 2 5.4.2.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702).................................................................................... 2 5.4.2.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) .......................................................................................... 2 5.4.2.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................... 2 5.4.2.9. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................... 2 5.4.2.10. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901)........................................................................ 2 5.4.2.11. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 5.4.2.12. DC/DC Converter 96-200047....................................................................................... 2 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052)............................................................................ 2 5.4.2.13. 5.4.3. 700MHz FO MASTER ATTENUATOR (55-165604) .......................................................... 2 5.4.3.1. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) .................................................... 2 5.4.4. F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) ...................................................................................... 2 5.4.5. Optical AB Switch FC/APC (98-700002) ............................................................................ 2 5.4.6. Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) ......................................................................................... 2 5.4.6.1. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001).......................................................... 2 5.4.7. PIONEER ST. SPLITTER (55-165708).............................................................................. 2 5.4.7.1. 2 Way Power Splitter/ Combiner 70/30 (05-009905) ...................................................... 2 5.4.7.2. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102).................................................................. 2 BEACON HILL STATION MASTER SITE 1 (80-330551-1)...................................................... 2 6.1. Beacon Hill Station Master Site 1 (80-330551-1) Rack Elevation............................................. 2 6.2. Beacon Hill Station Master Site 1 (80-330551-1) System Diagram .......................................... 2 Beacon Hill Station Master Site 1 (80-330551-1) Alarm Wiring Diagram ***///*** Approval In Progress G.D. .................................................................................................................................... 2 6.3. Beacon Hill Station Master Site 1 (80-330551-1) Sub Components......................................... 2 6.3.1. 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) .................................................................................. 2 6.3.1.1. 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) Outline drawing..................................................... 2 6.3.1.2. 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) System Diagram ................................................... 2 6.3.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206)........................................................................................... 2 6.3.1.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105).................................................................. 2 6.3.1.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) .................................................... 2 6.3.1.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-005902).................................................................................... 2 6.3.1.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702).................................................................................... 2 6.3.1.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) .......................................................................................... 2 6.3.1.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................... 2 6.3.1.10. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................ 2 6.3.1.11. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601) .......................................................................... 2 6.3.1.12. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901)........................................................................ 2 6.3.1.13. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 6.3.1.14. DC/DC Converter 96-200047....................................................................................... 2 6.3.1.15. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052)............................................................................ 2 6.3.2. 800MHz FO HUB SPLITTER/COMB (55-165502)............................................................. 2 6.3.2.1. 800MHz FO HUB SPLITTER/COMB (55-165502) Outline Drawing ............................... 2 6.3.2.2. 800MHz FO HUB SPLITTER/COMB (55-165502) System Diagram .............................. 2 6.3.2.3. 900MHz Splitter/Combiner (05-002602) ......................................................................... 2 6.3.2.4. Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302) ....................................................................... 2 6.3.3. BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 1 & 3) (55-165504)......................................................... 2 6.3.3.1. BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 1 & 3) (55-165504) Outline Drawing........................... 2 6.3.3.2. BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 1 & 3) (55-165504) System Diagram.......................... 2 6.3.3.3. Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302) ....................................................................... 2 6.3.3.4. 2 Way Power Splitter/ Combiner 80/20 (05-009903) ...................................................... 2 6.3.3.5. 2 Way Power Splitter/ Combiner 70/30 (05-009905) ...................................................... 2 6.3.3.6. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102).................................................................. 2 6.3.4. Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) ......................................................................................... 2 6.4.3.1. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001).......................................................... 2 6.3.5. Optical AB Switch FC/APC (98-700002) ............................................................................ 2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 3 of 500 7. 6.3.6. F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) ...................................................................................... 2 BEACON HILL STATION MASTER SITE 2 (80-330551-2)...................................................... 2 7.1. Beacon Hill Station Master Site 2 (80-330551-2) Rack Elevation............................................. 2 7.2. Beacon Hill Station Master Site 2 (80-330551-2) System Diagram .......................................... 2 7.3. Beacon Hill Station Master Site 2 (80-330551-2) Alarm Wiring Diagram ................................. 2 7.4. Beacon Hill Station Master Site 2 (80-330551-2) Major Sub Components............................... 2 7.4.1. 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) .................................................................................. 2 7.4.1.1. 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) Outline drawing..................................................... 2 7.4.1.2. 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) System Diagram ................................................... 2 7.4.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206)........................................................................................... 2 7.4.1.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105).................................................................. 2 7.4.1.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) .................................................... 2 7.4.1.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-005902).................................................................................... 2 7.4.1.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702).................................................................................... 2 7.4.1.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) .......................................................................................... 2 7.4.1.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................... 2 7.4.1.10. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................ 2 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601) .......................................................................... 2 7.4.1.11. 7.4.1.12. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901)........................................................................ 2 7.4.1.13. DC/DC Converter 96-200047....................................................................................... 2 7.4.1.14. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 7.4.1.15. DC/DC Converter 96-200047....................................................................................... 2 7.4.1.16. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052)............................................................................ 2 7.4.2. BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 2 & 4) (55-165505)......................................................... 2 7.4.2.1. BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 2 & 4) (55-165505) Outline Drawing........................... 2 7.4.2.2. BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 2 & 4) (55-165505) System Diagram.......................... 2 7.4.2.3. 2 Way Power Splitter/ Combiner 70/30 (05-009905) ...................................................... 2 7.4.2.4. 3 Way Power Splitter 33/33/33 (05-009906) ***///*** BSB .............................................. 2 7.4.2.5. 3 Way Power Splitter 40/20/40 (05-009907) ***///***BSB ............................................... 2 7.4.2.6. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102).................................................................. 2 8 BEACON HILL STATION CROSS PASSAGE A (80-330591-1) ..................................................... 2 8.1. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage A (80-330591-1) Rack Layout ***///***.............................. 2 8.2. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage A (80-330591-1) System Diagram ................................... 2 8.3. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage A (80-330591-1) Alarm Wiring Diagram........................... 2 8.4. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage A (80-330591-1) Major Sub Components ........................ 2 8.4.1. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) ..................................................................... 2 8.4.2. Power Amplifier (12-018002).............................................................................................. 2 8.4.3. 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401)................................................................ 2 8.4.3.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401) outline drawing ................................... 2 8.4.3.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401) system diagram .................................. 2 8.4.3.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206)........................................................................................... 2 8.4.3.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105).................................................................. 2 8.4.3.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ........................................................ 2 8.4.3.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702).................................................................................... 2 8.4.3.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) .......................................................................................... 2 8.4.3.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................... 2 8.4.3.9. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................... 2 8.4.3.10. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901)........................................................................ 2 8.4.3.11. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 8.4.3.12. DC/DC Converter (96-200047) .................................................................................... 2 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052)............................................................................ 2 8.4.3.13. 9 BEACON HILL STATION CROSS PASSAGE B (80-330591-2) ..................................................... 2 9.1. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage B (80-330591-2) Rack layout ***///***............................... 2 9.2. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage B (80-330591-2) System Diagram ................................... 2 9.3. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage B (80-330591-2) Alarm Wiring Diagram........................... 2 9.4. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage A (80-330591-1) Major Sub Components ........................ 2 9.4.1. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) ..................................................................... 2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 4 of 500 10. Power Amplifier (12-018002).............................................................................................. 2 9.4.2. 9.4.3. 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401)................................................................ 2 9.4.3.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401) outline drawing ................................... 2 9.4.3.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401) system diagram .................................. 2 9.4.3.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206)........................................................................................... 2 9.4.3.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105).................................................................. 2 9.4.3.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ........................................................ 2 9.4.3.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702).................................................................................... 2 9.4.3.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) .......................................................................................... 2 9.4.3.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................... 2 9.4.3.9. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................... 2 9.4.3.10. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901)........................................................................ 2 9.4.3.11. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 9.4.3.12. DC/DC Converter 96-200047....................................................................................... 2 9.4.3.12. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052)............................................................................ 2 UNIVERSITY STATION MASTER SITE 1 (80-330552-1) ........................................................ 2 10.1. University Station Master Site 1 (80-330552-1) Rack elevation ............................................ 2 10.2. University Station Master Site 1 (80-330552-1) system diagram .......................................... 2 10.3. University Station Master Site 1 (80-330552-1) Alarm Wiring Diagram................................. 2 10.4 University Station Master Site 1 (80-330552-1) Major Components ..................................... 2 800MHz FO HUB Splitter/Combiner (55-165502)........................................................... 2 10.4.1. 800MHz FO HUB SPLITTER/COMB (55-165502) Outline Drawing............................ 2 10.4.1.1. 10.4.1.2. 800MHz FO HUB SPLITTER/COMB (55-165502) System Diagram........................... 2 900MHz Splitter/Combiner (05-002602) ...................................................................... 2 10.4.1.3. Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302).................................................................... 2 10.4.1.4. 10.4.2. Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507)...................................................................................... 2 10.4.2.1. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) ...................................................... 2 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601)............................................................ 2 10.4.3. 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601) outline drawing ............................... 2 10.4.3.1. 10.4.3.2. 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601) system diagram .............................. 2 10.4.3.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 10.4.3.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 10.4.3.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) ................................................. 2 10.4.3.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-005902) ................................................................................ 2 10.4.3.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 10.4.3.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) ....................................................................................... 2 10.4.3.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 10.4.3.10. Automatic Gain Control ............................................................................................... 2 10.4.3.11. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601).......................................................................... 2 10.4.3.12. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) ....................................................................... 2 10.4.3.13. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 10.4.3.14. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 ...................................................................................... 2 10.4.3.15. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602).......................................................................... 2 10.4.4. 10.4.4.1. 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602) Outline Drawing............................................ 2 10.4.4.2. 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602) system diagram............................................ 2 10.4.4.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 10.4.4.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 10.4.4.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) ................................................. 2 10.4.4.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-005902) ................................................................................ 2 10.4.4.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 10.4.4.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) ....................................................................................... 2 10.4.4.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 10.4.4.10. Automatic Gain Control ............................................................................................... 2 10.4.4.11. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601).......................................................................... 2 10.4.4.12. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) ....................................................................... 2 10.4.4.13. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 10.4.4.14. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 ...................................................................................... 2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 5 of 500 11. 10.4.4.15. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 10.4.5. University Station Splitter 1 (55-165711) ........................................................................ 2 10.4.5.1. University Station Splitter 1 (55-165711) outline drawing............................................ 2 10.4.5.2. University Station Splitter 1 (55-165711) system diagram........................................... 2 10.4.5.3. 2-Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003005) ......................................................................... 2 10.4.5.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102)............................................................... 2 Optical AB Switch FC/APC (98-700002)......................................................................... 2 10.4.6. 10.4.7. F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) ................................................................................... 2 UNIVERSITY STATION MASTER SITE 2 (80-330552-2) ........................................................ 2 11.1. University Station Master Site 2 (80-330552-1) Rack elevation ............................................ 2 11.2. University Station Master Site 2 (80-330552-1) system diagram .......................................... 2 11.3. University Station Master Site 2 (80-330552-1) Alarm Wiring Diagram................................. 2 University Station Master Site 2 (80-330552-1) Major Components ..................................... 2 11.4 11.4.1. Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507)...................................................................................... 2 11.4.1.1. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) ...................................................... 2 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601)............................................................ 2 11.4.2. 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601) outline drawing ............................... 2 11.4.2.1. 11.4.2.2. 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601) system diagram .............................. 2 11.4.2.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 11.4.2.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 11.4.2.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) ................................................. 2 11.4.2.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-005902) ................................................................................ 2 11.4.2.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 11.4.2.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) ....................................................................................... 2 11.4.2.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 11.4.2.10. Automatic Gain Control ............................................................................................... 2 11.4.2.11. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601).......................................................................... 2 11.4.2.12. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) ....................................................................... 2 11.4.2.13. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 11.4.2.14. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 ...................................................................................... 2 11.4.2.15. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602).......................................................................... 2 11.4.3. 11.4.3.1. 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602) outline drawing ............................................. 2 11.4.3.2. 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602) system diagram............................................ 2 11.4.3.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 11.4.3.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 11.4.3.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) ................................................. 2 11.4.3.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-005902) ................................................................................ 2 11.4.3.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 11.4.3.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) ....................................................................................... 2 111.4.3.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) ............................................................................... 2 11.4.3.10. Automatic Gain Control ............................................................................................... 2 11.4.3.11. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601).......................................................................... 2 11.4.3.12. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) ....................................................................... 2 11.4.3.13. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 11.4.3.14. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 ...................................................................................... 2 11.4.3.15. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 700MHz FO HUB Splitter/Combiner (55-165603)........................................................... 2 11.4.4. 11.4.4.2. Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302).................................................................... 2 11.4.5. UNIVERSITY ST. SPLITTER 2 (55-165712) .................................................................. 2 11.4.5.1. University Station Splitter 2 (55-165712) outline drawing............................................ 2 11.4.5.2. University Station Splitter 2 (55-165712) system diagram........................................... 2 11.4.5.3. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102)............................................................... 2 Optical AB Switch FC/APC (98-700002)......................................................................... 2 11.4.6. 11.4.7. F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) ................................................................................... 2 WESTLAKE STATION LINE AMPLIFIER (80-330553) ............................................................ 2 12. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 6 of 500 12.1. Westlake Station Line Amplifier (80-330553) rack elevation ................................................. 2 12.2. Westlake Station Line Amplifier (80-330553) system diagram.............................................. 2 12.3. Westlake Station Line Amplifier (80-330553) alarm wiring diagram...................................... 2 12.4. Westlake Station Line Amplifier (80-330553) Sub Components............................................ 2 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) ............................................................................... 2 12.4.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) Outline Drawing.................................................. 2 12.4.1.1. 12.4.1.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) System Diagram................................................. 2 12.4.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 12.4.1.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 12.4.1.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 12.4.1.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 12.4.1.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) ....................................................................................... 2 12.4.1.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 12.4.1.9. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................ 2 12.4.1.10. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601).......................................................................... 2 12.4.1.11. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) ....................................................................... 2 12.4.1.12. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 12.4.1.13. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 ...................................................................................... 2 12.4.1.14. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 12.4.2 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704)................................................................................... 2 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) Outline Drawing.................................................. 2 12.4.2.1. 12.4.2.2. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) System Diagram................................................. 2 12.4.2.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 12.4.2.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 12.4.2.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 12.4.2.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 12.4.2.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) ....................................................................................... 2 12.4.2.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 12.4.2.9. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................ 2 12.4.2.10. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) ....................................................................... 2 12.4.2.11. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 12.4.2.12. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 ...................................................................................... 2 12.4.2.13. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 12.4.3. Westlake Station. Splitter (55-165707) ........................................................................... 2 12.4.3.1. Westlake Station. Splitter (55-165707) outline drawing............................................... 2 12.4.3.2. Westlake Station. Splitter (55-165707) system diagram.............................................. 2 12.4.3.3. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102)............................................................... 2 ATTENUATOR SHELF (ITAC) 1 (55-165506).......................................................................... 2 13.1. Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 1 (55-165506) outline drawing......................................................... 2 13.2 Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 1 (55-165506) system diagram ....................................................... 2 13.3. Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 1 (55-165506) major components ................................................... 2 13.3.1. 900MHz Splitter/Combiner (05-002602) ......................................................................... 2 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007)................................................................................. 2 13.3.2. Dummy load (09-000902) ............................................................................................... 2 13.3.3. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ........................................................ 2 13.3.4. 13.3.5. Attenuator 25W, 60dB (10-002960) ................................................................................ 2 ATTENUATOR SHELF (ITAC) 2 (55-165506).......................................................................... 2 14.1. Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 2 (55-165506) outline drawing......................................................... 2 14.2 Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 2 (55-165506) system diagram ....................................................... 2 14.3. Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 2 (55-165506) major components ................................................... 2 900MHz Splitter/Combiner (05-002602) ......................................................................... 2 14.3.1. 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007)................................................................................. 2 14.3.2. 14.3.3. Dummy load 09-000902.................................................................................................. 2 Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ........................................................ 2 14.3.4. 14.3.5. Attenuator 25W, 60dB (10-002960) ................................................................................ 2 ATTENUATOR SHELF (ITAC) 3 (55-165506).......................................................................... 2 13 14 15 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 7 of 500 16. 15.1. Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 3 (55-165506) outline drawing......................................................... 2 15.2 Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 3 (55-165506) system diagram ....................................................... 2 15.3. Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 3 (55-165506) major components ................................................... 2 15.3.1. 900MHz Splitter/Combiner (05-002602) ......................................................................... 2 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007)................................................................................. 2 15.3.2. Dummy Load (09-000902) .............................................................................................. 2 15.3.3. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ........................................................ 2 15.3.4. 15.3.5. Attenuator 25W, 60dB (10-002960) ................................................................................ 2 CONVENTION PLACE STATION LINE AMPLIFIER (80-330556) ........................................... 2 16.1. Convention Place Station Line Amp. (80-330556) Rack elevation........................................ 2 16.2. Convention Place Station Line Amp. (80-330556) System diagram...................................... 2 16.3. Convention Place Station Line Amp. (80-330556) Alarm wiring diagram.............................. 2 16.4 Convention Place Station Line Amp. (80-330556) Sub Components ......................................... 2 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) ............................................................................... 2 16.4.1. 16.4.1.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) Outline Drawing.................................................. 2 16.4.1.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) System Diagram................................................. 2 16.4.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 16.4.1.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 16.4.1.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 16.4.1.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 16.4.1.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) ....................................................................................... 2 16.4.1.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 16.4.1.9. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................ 2 16.4.1.10. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601).......................................................................... 2 16.4.1.11. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) ....................................................................... 2 16.4.1.12. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 16.4.1.13. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 ...................................................................................... 2 16.4.1.14. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 16.4.2 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704)................................................................................... 2 16.4.2.1. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) Outline Drawing.................................................. 2 16.4.2.2. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) System Diagram................................................. 2 16.4.2.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 16.4.2.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 16.4.2.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 16.4.2.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 16.4.2.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) ....................................................................................... 2 16.4.2.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 16.4.2.9. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................ 2 16.4.2.10. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) ....................................................................... 2 16.4.2.11. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 16.4.2.12. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 ...................................................................................... 2 16.3.2.13. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 16.4.3. Convention Place Station Splitter (55-165709)............................................................... 2 16.4.3.1. Convention Place Station Splitter (55-165709) outline drawing .................................. 2 16.4.3.2. Convention Place Station Splitter (55-165709) system diagram ................................. 2 16.4.3.3. 900MHz Splitter/Combiner (05-002602) ...................................................................... 2 16.4.3.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102)............................................................... 2 INTERNATIONAL (NO NPSPAC) LINE AMPLIFIER (80-330557) ........................................... 2 International (no NPSPAC) Line Amp. (80-330557) Rack elevation ..................................... 2 17.1. International (no NPSPAC) Line Amp. (80-330557) System diagram ................................... 2 17.2. International (no NPSPAC) Line Amp. (80-330557) Alarm wiring diagram ........................... 2 17.3. International (no NPSPAC) Line Amp. (80-330557) major components ............................... 2 17.4. 800MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165705) ........................................................ 2 17.4.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165705) Outline Drawing .......................... 2 17.4.1.1. 14.4.1.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165705) System Diagram ......................... 2 17.4.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-012701) ....................................................................................... 2 17.4.1.4. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 17. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 8 of 500 17.4.1.5. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 17.4.1.6. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 17.4.1.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 17.4.1.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) ....................................................................................... 2 17.4.1.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 7.4.1.10. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................ 2 17.4.1.11. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) ....................................................................... 2 17.4.1.12. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 17.4.1.13. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 ...................................................................................... 2 17.4.1.14. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 700MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165706) ........................................................ 2 17.4.2. 17.4.2.1. 700MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165706) Outline Drawing .......................... 2 17.4.2.2. 700MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165706) System Diagram ......................... 2 17.4.2.3. Bandpass Filter (02-012701) ....................................................................................... 2 17.4.2.4. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 17.4.2.5. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 17.4.2.6. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 17.4.2.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 17.4.2.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) ....................................................................................... 2 17.4.2.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 7.4.2.10. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................ 2 17.4.2.11. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) ....................................................................... 2 17.4.2.12. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 17.4.2.13. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 ...................................................................................... 2 17.4.2.14. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 International Station Splitter (55-165710) ....................................................................... 2 17.4.3. International Station Splitter (55-165710) Outline drawing .......................................... 2 17.4.3.1. 17.4.3.2. International Station Splitter (55-165710) System Diagram......................................... 2 900MHz Splitter/Combiner (05-002602) ...................................................................... 2 17.4.3.3. 17.4.3.4. 05-009909 BSB to provide spec ***///***................................................................... 2 17.4.3.5. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102)............................................................... 2 UNIVERSITY STATION CROSS PASSAGE A (80-330590-1)................................................ 2 18.1. University Station Cross Passage A (80-330590-1) System Diagram................................... 2 18.2. University Station Cross Passage A (80-330590-1) Alarm Wiring Diagram.......................... 2 18.3. University Station Cross Passage A (80-330590-1) Major Sub Components ....................... 2 18.3.1. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102).................................................................. 2 Power Amplifier (12-018002) .......................................................................................... 2 18.3.2. 18.3.3. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) ............................................................................... 2 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) Outline Drawing.................................................. 2 18.3.3.1. 18.3.3.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) System Diagram................................................. 2 18.3.3.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 18.3.3.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 18.3.3.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 18.3.3.6. 18.3.3.7. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 18.3.3.8. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................ 2 18.3.3.9. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901)........................................................................ 2 18.3.3.10. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 18.3.3.11. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 ...................................................................................... 2 18.3.3.12. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) ............................................................................... 2 18.3.4. 18.3.4.2. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) System Diagram................................................. 2 18.3.4.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 18.3.4.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 18.3.4.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 18.3.4.6. 18.3.4.7. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 18.3.4.8. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................ 2 18. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 9 of 500 19. 18.3.4.9. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901)........................................................................ 2 18.3.4.10. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 18.3.4.11. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 ...................................................................................... 2 18.3.4.12. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 UNIVERSITY STATION CROSS PASSAGE B (80-330590-2)................................................ 2 19.1. University Station Cross Passage B (80-330590-2) System Diagram................................... 2 19.2. University Station Cross Passage B (80-330590-2) Alarm Wiring Diagram.......................... 2 19.3. University Station Cross Passage B (80-330590-2) Major Sub Components ....................... 2 19.3.1. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102).................................................................. 2 Power Amplifier (12-018002) .......................................................................................... 2 19.3.2. 19.3.3. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) ............................................................................... 2 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) Outline Drawing.................................................. 2 19.3.3.1. 19.3.3.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) System Diagram................................................. 2 19.3.3.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 19.3.3.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 19.3.3.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 19.3.3.6. 19.3.3.7. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 19.3.3.8. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................ 2 19.3.3.9. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901)........................................................................ 2 19.3.3.10. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 19.3.3.11. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 ...................................................................................... 2 19.3.3.12. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) ............................................................................... 2 19.3.4. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) Outline Drawing.................................................. 2 19.3.4.1. 19.3.4.2. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) System Diagram................................................. 2 19.3.4.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 19.3.4.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 19.3.4.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 19.3.4.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 19.3.4.7. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 19.3.4.8. Automatic Gain Control................................................................................................ 2 19.3.4.9. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901)........................................................................ 2 19.3.4.10. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 19.3.4.11. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 ...................................................................................... 2 19.3.4.12. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 CONVENTION PLACE STATION 700MHZ BDA (80-330554-1).............................................. 2 Convention Place Station 700MHz BDA (80-330554-1) Outline Drawing ............................. 2 20.1 20.2. Convention Place Station 700MHz BDA (80-330554-1) System Diagram ............................ 2 Convention Place Station 700MHz BDA (80-330554-1) Major Components ........................ 2 20.3 700MHz Output Duplexer/Combiner (50-132103) .......................................................... 2 20.3.1. 20.3.1.1. 700MHz Output Duplexer/Combiner (50-132103) outline drawing.............................. 2 20.3.1.2. 700MHz Output Duplexer/Combiner (50-132103) system diagram............................. 2 20.3.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 20.3.1.4. 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007).............................................................................. 2 20.3.1.5. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 20.3.1.6. Dummy Load 09-000902 ............................................................................................. 2 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132105)........................................................... 2 20.3.2. 20.3.2.1. 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132105) Outline Drawing............................. 2 20.3.2.2. 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132105) System Diagram............................ 2 20.3.2.3. Dielectric Cavity Resonator (04-003402)..................................................................... 2 700MHz 4 Cavity Combiner System (50-132106)........................................................... 2 20.3.3. 20.3.3.1. 700MHz 4 Cavity Combiner System (50-132106) Outline Drawing............................. 2 700MHz 4 Cavity Combiner System (50-132106) System Diagram............................ 2 20.3.3.2. CONVENTION PLACE STATION 700MHZ BDA (80-330554-2).............................................. 2 21.1. Convention Place Station 700MHz BDA (80-330554-2) Outline Drawing ............................. 2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 10 of 500 20 21 21.2. Convention Place Station 700MHz BDA (80-330554-2) System Diagram ............................ 2 21.3. Convention Place Station 700MHz BDA (80-330554-2) Major Components ........................ 2 700MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132102) .................................................................. 2 21.3.1. 21.3.1.1. 700MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132102) Outline Drawing .................................... 2 21.3.1.2. 700MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132102) System diagram.................................... 2 21.3.1.3. Dummy load 09-000902............................................................................................... 2 21.3.1.4. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 21.3.1.5. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 21.3.1.6 Power Amplifier (12-020804) ....................................................................................... 2 21.3.1.7. DC/DC Converter (13-003412) .................................................................................... 2 21.3.1.8. Channel Selectivity Module (17-009127)..................................................................... 2 21.3.1.9. Channel Control Module (17-011501) ......................................................................... 2 21.3.1.10. 24V Relay Board (80-008902)..................................................................................... 2 21.3.1.11. Dual Isolator (770MHz) (93-910048)........................................................................... 2 21.3.1.12. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 21.3.1.13. PSU 24V (96-300060) ................................................................................................. 2 700MHz Uplink Amplifier/ Duplexer (50-132104)............................................................ 2 21.3.2. 700MHz Uplink Amplifier/ Duplexer (50-132104) Outline Drawing.............................. 2 21.3.2.1. 21.3.2.2. 700MHz Uplink Amplifier/ Duplexer (50-132104) System Diagram ............................. 2 21.3.2.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 21.3.2.4. Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302).................................................................... 2 21.3.2.5. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 21.3.2.6. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) ................................................. 2 21.3.2.7. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 21.3.2.8. 21.3.2.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 21.3.2.10. DC/DC Converter 13-003412 ...................................................................................... 2 21.3.2.11. AGC System................................................................................................................ 2 21.3.2.12. Dummy Load (80-007401)........................................................................................... 2 21.3.2.13. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) ....................................................................... 2 21.3.2.14. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 21.3.2.15. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 INTERNATIONAL STATION 800MHZ BDA (80-330555-1)...................................................... 2 International Station 800MHz BDA (80-330555-1) Rack elevation........................................ 2 22.1. International Station 800MHz BDA (80-330555-1) System diagram ..................................... 2 22.2. International Station 800MHz BDA (80-330555-1) Major Components................................. 2 22.3. 800MHz Output Quadplexer/Combiner (50-132203) ...................................................... 2 22.3.1. 800MHz Output Quadplexer/Combiner (50-132203) Outline Drawing ........................ 2 22.3.1.1. 22.3.1.2. 800MHz Output Quadplexer/Combiner (50-132203) System Diagram ....................... 2 22.3.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 22.3.1.4. 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007).............................................................................. 2 22.3.1.5. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 22.3.1.6. Dummy load 09-000902............................................................................................... 2 800MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132205)........................................................... 2 22.3.2. 22.3.2.1. 800MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132205) Outline Drawing............................. 2 22.3.2.2. 800MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132205) System Diagram............................ 2 22.3.2.2. Dielectric Cavity Resonator (04-003401)..................................................................... 2 INTERNATIONAL STATION 800MHZ BDA.............................................................................. 2 International Station 800MHz BDA (80-330555-2) Outline Drawing...................................... 2 23.1. International Station 800MHz BDA (80-330555-2) System Diagram..................................... 2 23.2 International Station 800MHz BDA (80-330555-2) Major Components................................. 2 23.3. 800MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132202) .................................................................. 2 23.3.1. 800MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132202) Outline Drawing .................................... 2 23.3.1.1. 23.3.1.2. 800MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132202) System Diagram ................................... 2 23.3.1.3. Dummy load 09-000902............................................................................................... 2 23.3.1.4. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 23.3.1.5. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 22. 23. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 11 of 500 23.3.1.6. Power Amplifier (12-020804) ....................................................................................... 2 23.3.1.7. DC/DC Converter 13-003412....................................................................................... 2 23.3.1.8. Channel Selectivity Module (17-009127)..................................................................... 2 23.3.1.9. Channel Control Module (17-011501) ......................................................................... 2 23.3.1.10. 24V Relay Board (80-008902)..................................................................................... 2 23.3.1.11 Dual Isolator (850-870MHz) (93-910045) .................................................................... 2 23.3.1.12 Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 23.3.1.13 PSU 24V (96-300060) ................................................................................................. 2 800MHz Uplink Amplifier/ Quadplexer (50-132204)........................................................ 2 23.3.2. 800MHz Uplink Amplifier/ Quadplexer (50-132204) Outline Drawing.......................... 2 23.3.2.1. 23.3.2.2. 800MHz Uplink Amplifier/ Quadplexer (50-132204) System Diagram......................... 2 23.3.2.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) ....................................................................................... 2 23.3.2.4. Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302).................................................................... 2 23.3.2.5. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105)............................................................... 2 23.3.2.6. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) ................................................. 2 23.3.2.7. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 23.3.2.8. 23.3.2.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 23.3.2.10. DC/DC Converter 13-003412 ...................................................................................... 2 23.3.2.11. AGC System................................................................................................................ 2 23.3.2.12. Dummy Load (80-007401)........................................................................................... 2 23.3.2.13. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) ....................................................................... 2 23.3.2.14. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 23.3.2.15. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 INTERNATIONAL STATION 700MHZ BDA (80-330558-1)...................................................... 2 International Station 700MHz BDA (80-330558-1) Rack Drawing......................................... 2 24.1. International Station 700MHz BDA (80-330558-1) System Diagram..................................... 2 24.2. International Station 700MHz BDA (80-330558-1) Major Components................................. 2 24.3. 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007)................................................................................. 2 24.3.1. Dummy Load (09-000401) .............................................................................................. 2 24.3.2. 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132105)........................................................... 2 24.3.3. 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132105) Outline Drawing............................. 2 24.3.3.1. 24.3.3.2. 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132105) System Diagram............................ 2 24.3.3.3. Dielectric Cavity Resonator (04-003402)..................................................................... 2 24.3.4. 700MHz 4 Cavity Combiner System (50-132106)........................................................... 2 700MHz 4 Cavity Combiner System (50-132106) Outline Drawing............................. 2 24.3.4.1. 24.3.4.2. 700MHz 4 Cavity Combiner System (50-132106) System Diagram............................ 2 INTERNATIONAL STATION 700MHZ BDA (80-330558-2)...................................................... 2 International Station 700MHz BDA (80-330558-2) Rack Drawing......................................... 2 25.1. International Station 700MHz BDA (80-330558-2) System Diagram..................................... 2 25.2. International Station 700MHz BDA (80-330558-2) Major Components................................. 2 25.3. 700MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132102) .................................................................. 2 25.3.1. 700MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132102) Outline Drawing .................................... 2 25.3.1.1. 25.3.1.2. 700MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132102) System diagram.................................... 2 25.3.1.3. Dummy load 09-000902............................................................................................... 2 25.3.1.4. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 25.3.1.5. 25.3.1.6 Power Amplifier (12-020804) ....................................................................................... 2 25.3.1.7. DC/DC Converter 13-003412....................................................................................... 2 25.3.1.8. Channel Selectivity Module (17-009127)..................................................................... 2 25.3.1.9. Channel Control Module (17-011501) ......................................................................... 2 25.3.1.10. 24V Relay Board (80-008902)..................................................................................... 2 25.3.1.11. Dual Isolator (770MHz) (93-910048)........................................................................... 2 25.3.1.12. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 25.3.1.13. PSU 24V (96-300060) ................................................................................................. 2 700MHz Uplink Amplifier (50-132107) ............................................................................ 2 25.3.2. 25.3.2.1. 700MHz Uplink Amplifier (50-132107) Outline Drawing .............................................. 2 24. 25. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 12 of 500 25.3.2.2. 700MHz Uplink Amplifier (50-132107) System Diagram ............................................. 2 25.3.2.3. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) ................................................. 2 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) ................................................................................ 2 25.3.2.4. 25.3.2.5. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901)................................................................................ 2 25.3.2.6. DC/DC Converter 13-003412....................................................................................... 2 25.3.2.7. AGC System ................................................................................................................ 2 25.3.2.8. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901)........................................................................ 2 25.3.2.9. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004).............................................................................. 2 25.3.2.10. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) ........................................................................... 2 700MHz Downlink Splitter (50-132108) .......................................................................... 2 25.3.3. 700MHz Downlink Splitter (50-132108) Outline Drawing............................................. 2 25.3.3.1. 25.3.3.2. 700MHz Downlink Splitter (50-132108) System Diagram............................................ 2 25.3.3.3. Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302).................................................................... 2 25.3.3.4. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) ..................................................... 2 25.3.3.5. Dummy Load (80-007401)........................................................................................... 2 2 WAY POWER SPLITTER 50/50 (05-009901) ....................................................................... 2 26 2 WAY POWER SPLITTER 90/10 (05-009902) ....................................................................... 2 27 2 WAY POWER SPLITTER 80/20 (05-009903) ....................................................................... 2 28 2 WAY POWER SPLITTER 60/40 (05-009904) ....................................................................... 2 29 30 2 WAY POWER SPLITTER 70/30 (05-009905) ....................................................................... 2 31 ***///***05-009906 ............................................................................................................................. 2 32 ***///***05-009907 ............................................................................................................................. 2 33 ***///***05-009908 ............................................................................................................................. 2 34 ***///***05-009909 ............................................................................................................................. 2 35 ***///***05-009910 ............................................................................................................................. 2 36 ***///***05-009911 ............................................................................................................................. 2 37 ***///***05-009912 ............................................................................................................................. 2 38 ***///***80-237501 ............................................................................................................................. 2 39 ***///***80-237501 ............................................................................................................................. 2 40 ***///***80-237501 ............................................................................................................................. 2 41 ***///***80-237501 ............................................................................................................................. 2 42 ***///***80-237501 ............................................................................................................................. 2 43 ***///***80-237501 ............................................................................................................................. 2 44. SPARES PACKAGE (80-330520) ........................................................................................... 2 APPENDIX A ......................................................................................................................................... 2 Glossary of Terms used in this document ............................................................................. 2 Key to Drawing Symbols used in this document.................................................................... 2 EC Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................ 2 Amendment List Record Sheet.............................................................................................. 2 A.1. A.2. A.3. A.4. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 13 of 500 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1. Scope and Purpose of Document This handbook is for use solely with the equipment identified by the Aerial Facilities Limited (AFL) Part Number shown on the front cover. It is not to be used with any other equipment unless specifically authorised by AFL. This is a controlled release document and, as such, becomes a part of Aerial Facilities Total Quality Management System. Alterations and modification may therefore only be performed by AFL. AFL recommends that the installer of this equipment familiarise themselves with the safety and installation procedures contained within this document before installation commences. The purpose of this handbook is to provide the user/maintainer with sufficient information to service and repair the equipment to the level agreed. Maintenance and adjustments to any deeper level must be performed by AFL, normally at the companys repair facility in Chesham, England. This handbook has been prepared in accordance with BS 4884, and AFLs Quality procedures, which maintain the companys registration to BS EN ISO 9001:2000 and to the R&TTE Directive of the European Parliament. Copies of the relevant certificates and the company Quality Manual can be supplied on application to the Quality Manager. This document fulfils the relevant requirements of Article 6 of the R&TTE Directive. 1.2. Limitation of Liability Notice This manual is written for the use of technically competent operators/service persons. No liability is accepted by AFL for use or misuse of this manual, the information contained therein, or the consequences of any actions resulting from the use of the said information, including, but not limited to, descriptive, procedural, typographical, arithmetical, or listing errors. Furthermore, AFL does not warrant the absolute accuracy of the information contained within this manual, or its completeness, fitness for purpose, or scope. AFL has a policy of continuous product development and enhancement, and as such, reserves the right to amend, alter, update and generally change the contents, appearance and pertinence of this document without notice. All AFL products carry a twelve month warranty from date of shipment. The warranty is expressly on a return to base repair or exchange basis and the warranty cover does not extend to on-site repair or complete unit exchange. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 14 of 500 2. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 2.1. Earthing of Equipment Equipment supplied from the mains must be connected to grounded outlets and earthed in conformity with appropriate local, national and international electricity supply and safety regulations. 2.2. Electric Shock Hazard The risk of electrical shocks due to faulty mains driven power supplies whilst potentially ever present in any electrical equipment, would be minimised by adherence to good installation practice and thorough testing at the following stages:
Original assembly. Commissioning. Regular intervals, thereafter. a) b) c) All test equipment must be in good working order prior to its use. High current power supplies can be dangerous because of the possibility of substantial arcing. Always switch off during disconnection and reconnection. 2.3. RF Radiation Hazard RF radiation, (especially at UHF frequencies) arising from transmitter outputs connected to AFLs equipment, must be considered a safety hazard. This condition might only occur in the event of cable disconnection, or because a spare output has been left un-terminated. Either of these conditions would impair the systems efficiency. No investigation should be carried out until all RF power sources have been removed. This would always be a wise precaution, despite the severe mismatch between the impedance of an N type connector at 50, and that of free space at 377, which would severely mitigate against the efficient radiation of RF power. Radio frequency burns could also be a hazard, if any RF power carrying components were to be carelessly touched!
Antenna positions should be chosen to comply with requirements (both local & statutory) regarding exposure of personnel to RF radiation. When connected to an antenna, the unit is capable of producing RF field strengths, which may exceed guideline safe values especially if used with antennas having appreciable gain. In this regard the use of directional antennas with backscreens and a strict site rule that personnel must remain behind the screen while the RF power is on, is strongly recommended. Where the equipment is used near power lines or in association with temporary masts not having lightning protection, the use of a safety earth connected to the case-earthing bolt is strongly advised. 2.4. Lifting and other Health and Safety Recommendations Certain items of AFL equipment are heavy and care should be taken when lifting them by hand. Ensure that a suitable number of personnel, appropriate lifting apparatus and appropriate personal protective equipment is used especially when installing Cell Enhancers above ground e.g. on a mast or pole. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 15 of 500 2.5. Chemical Hazard Beryllium Oxide, also known as Beryllium Monoxide, or Thermalox, is sometimes used in devices within equipment produced by Aerial Facilities Ltd. Beryllium oxide dust can be toxic if inhaled, leading to chronic respiratory problems. It is harmless if ingested or by contact. Products that contain beryllium are dummy loads (load terminations) and some power amplifiers. These products can be identified by a yellow and black skull and crossbones danger symbol (shown above). They are marked as hazardous in line with international regulations, but pose no threat under normal circumstances. Only if a component containing beryllium oxide has suffered catastrophic failure, or exploded, will there be any danger of the formation of dust. Any dust that has been created will be contained within the equipment module as long as the module remains sealed. For this reason, any module carrying the yellow and black danger sign should not be opened. If the equipment is suspected of failure, or is at the end of its life-cycle, it must be returned to Aerial Facilities Ltd for disposal. To return such equipment, please contact the Quality Department, who will give you a Returned Materials Authorisation (RMA) number. Please quote this number on the packing documents, and on all correspondence relating to the shipment. PolyTetraFluoroEthylene, (P.T.F.E.) and P.T.F.E. Composite Materials Many modules/components in AFL equipment contain P.T.F.E. as part of the RF insulation barrier. This material should never be heated to the point where smoke or fumes are evolved. Any person feeling drowsy after coming into contact with P.T.F.E. especially dust or fumes should seek medical attention. 2.6. Laser Safety General good working practices adapted from EN60825-2: 2004/ EC 60825-2:2004 Do not stare with unprotected eyes or with any unapproved optical device at the fibre ends or connector faces or point them at other people, Use only approved filtered or attenuating viewing aids. Any single or multiple fibre end or ends found not to be terminated (for example, matched, spliced) shall be individually or collectively covered when not being worked on. They shall not be readily visible and sharp ends shall not be exposed. When using test cords, the optical power source shall be the last connected and the first disconnected; use only approved methods for cleaning and preparing optical fibres and optical connectors. Always keep optical connectors covered to avoid physical damage and do not allow any dirt/foreign material ingress on the optical connector bulkheads. The optical fibre jumper cable maximum bend radius is 3cm; any smaller radii may result in optical cable breakage or excessive transmission losses. Caution: The FO units are NOT weather proof. 2.7. Emergency Contact Numbers The AFL Quality Department can be contacted on:
Telephone Fax. e-mail
+44 (0)1494 777000
+44 (0)1494 777002 qa@aerialfacilities.com STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 16 of 500 SYSTEM OVERVIEW ***///***
3. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 17 of 500 800MHz KCRS MASTER SITE (80-330651) 4. 800MHz KCRS MASTER SITE (80-330651) is a 43U equipment mounting rack which houses seven rack mount trays, the trays are as follows, listed from the top of the rack 55-165503 800MHz FO Master Splitter/Attenuator 98-900001 F/O Link Subsystem 98-700002 Optical A/B Switch FC/APC 55-165507 Fibre Optic Splitter 98-900001 F/O Link Subsystem 98-700002 Optical A/B Switch FC/APC 55-165507 Fibre Optic Splitter 800MHz KCRS Master Site (80-330651) List of Major Sub Components Section Component Component Part Description 4.2.1. 4.2.2. 4.2.3. 4.2.4. Part 55-165503 98-800001 98-700002 55-165507 800MHz FO Master Splitter/Attenuator F/O Link Subsystem Optical A/B Switch FC/APC Fibre Optic Splitter Qty. Per Assembly 1 2 2 2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 18 of 500 4.1. 800MHz KCRS MASTER SITE (80-330651) Drawings 4.1.1. 800MHz KCRS MASTER SITE (80-330651) Rack Elevation Drawing number 80-330651 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 19 of 500 4.1.2. 800MHz KCRS MASTER SITE (80-330651) System Diagram Drawing number 80-330681 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 20 of 500 4.1.3. 800MHz KCRS MASTER SITE (80-330651) Alarm Wiring Diagram Drawing number 80-330621 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 21 of 500 4.2. 800MHz KCRS Master Site (80-330651) Sub Components 4.2.1. 800MHz FO Master Splitter/Attenuator (55-165503) 800MHz FO Master Splitter/Attenuator (55-165503) is a 2U rack mount tray which contains attenuators and splitters. The 800MHz KCRS Downlink passes through a switched attenuator (10-000701) before entering Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302) where the signal is split into two separate feeds for Beacon Hill and University Station In the Uplink path signals from Beacon Hill and University Station are combined by a second Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302) before passing through a switched attenuator (10-000701) then exiting as the 800MHz KCRS Uplink 800MHz FO MASTER SPLITTER/ATTEN (55-165503) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165583 800MHz FO Master Splitter/Attenuator (55-165503) List of Major Sub components Section Component 4.2.1.1. 4.2.1.2. 4.2.1.3. Part 05-003302 10-000701 80-007401 Component Part Description Qty. Per Assembly Four Way Splitter/Combiner 2 Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB 2 Dummy Load 4 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 22 of 500 4.2.1.1. Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302) The Splitter/Combiner used is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Four Way Splitter (05-003302) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 700-980MHz Bandwidth 180MHz Rejection >14dB Insertion loss <7.0dB (in band) Connectors N type, female Weight <1.5kg Temperature range operational
-20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 4.2.1.2. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. Switched Attenuator 10-000701 provides attenuation from 0 to 30dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000701 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Attenuation Values 0-30dB Attenuation Steps 2, 4, 8 and 16dB Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weight 0.2kg Temperature range operation storage
-20C to +60C
-40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 23 of 500 4.2.1.3. Dummy Load (80-007401) When a combiner system is used to split or combine RF signals, in many cases it is most cost effective to use a standard stock item 4, 6 or 8 port device where, in fact, only a 3 or 6 port device is needed. In this case the Four Way Splitters (05-003302) each have two of their ports terminated with Dummy Load (80-007401) in order to preserve the correct impedance of the devices over the specified frequency range. This also has the advantage of allowing future expansion capability should extra channels or other functions become necessary. Dummy Load (80-007401) Specification Parameter Specification VSWR
(Max) Frequency Range 0 to 1000MHz Power Rating 1.6 Watts 0-500MHz 1.2:1 500-1000MHz 1.3:1 Temperature -20 to +55C N type Male Connector Nominal Impedance 50 Ohms 4.2.2. F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) is an O.E.M. sourced Optical Tranceiver package containing discreet TX and RX modules and supplied as a 1U rack mount tray Parameter Specification Optical Output Power 4 mW Wavelength, peak 1310 1550 nm Frequency Response, 50 to 2.2 GHz 1.5 dB Input and Output VSWR 1.5:1 Link Gain (2) 0 dB Output Noise Floor (1)
-137 dBm/Hz Input 3rd Order Intercept (1) 30 dBm Operating Temperature 30 to +75C Storage Temperature 40 to +85C Maximum RF Input to Transmitter +20 dBm Maximum Optical Input to Receiver 6 mW A.C. Supply Voltage 90 265 VAC
(1) SFDR, Noise and IP3 specified with 5 dB optical loss.
(2) Link Gain specified with 1 meter fiber. 4.2.3. Optical A/B Switch FC/APC (98-700002) Dimensions 483 x 457 x 44mm (19.0 x 18 x 1.72 in.) Optical AB Switch FC/APC (98-700002) Optical A/B Switch FC/APC (98-700002) an O.E.M. sourced Fibre Optic relay supplied as a 1U rack mount tray. 98-700002 allows for the automatic switching between two optical inputs to provide a common optical output. Manual selection of the input is also possible via toggle switches on the front panel. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 24 of 500 98-700002 Specification PARAMETER Electrical Characteristics SPECIFICATION Optical Characteristics Power Supply Voltage 100 - 240 VAC Power Supply Frequency 50 - 60 Hz Operating Wavelength 1200 1610nm Optical Input Range +20 dBm Optical Insertion Loss 2.0 dB Optical Trip Threshold/Meter Range
-35 - +20 dBm Optical Switch Speed 15ms
-50dB Backreflection Tolerance Environmental and Physical Characteristics Optical Connectors FC/APC Operating Temp. Range +10 to +40C
-40 to +80 C Storage Temp. Range Humidity 5 to 90 % RHNC Weight 2.2 kg (6 lbs) Dimensions 483 x 361 x 44mm (19.0 x 14.2 x 1.72 in.) 4.2.4. Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) is a 1U rack mount tray containing an optical splitter/coupler Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) List of Major Sub Components Component Part Component Part Description 98-100001 Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler Qty. Per Assembly 1 4.2.4.1. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) Single Mode Optical Splitter/Couplers are used whenever it is necessary to split or combine outputs from optical transmitters or inputs to receivers. Operators should be aware that a small insertion loss
(typically 3-4dB) is common with these type of couplers. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) It is an O.E.M unit featuring almost negligible insertion loss to the F/O signal. Extreme caution should be exercised when handling these devices. Special attention should be shown to the connectors; repair of a broken Splitter/Coupler is not possible; replacement is the only option. In the two Fibre Optic Splitters (55-165507) in 800MHz KCRS Master Site (80-330651), Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) is used to split the optical signal from the FO TX modules in F/O Link Subsystem (98-700001) into two equal paths. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 25 of 500 700MHz KCM MASTER SITE / PIONEER SQ (80-330652) 5. Description of 700MHz KCM MASTER SITE / PIONEER SQ (80-330652) From the top of the rack 55-165703 55-165704 55-165703 55-165704 55-165604 98-800001 98-700002 55-165507 55-165708 700MHz KCM MASTER SITE / PIONEER SQ (80-330652) List of Major Sub Components Section Component Component Part Description Part 5.4.1. 5.4.2. 5.4.3. 5.4.4. 5.4.5. 5.4.6. 5.4.7. 800MHz LINE AMP + FILTERS (INT AMP) 700MHz LINE AMP + FILTERS (INT AMP) 700MHz FO MASTER ATTENUATOR 2GHz 1.5um F/O LINK SUBSYSTEM 55-165703 55-165704 55-165604 98-800001 98-700002 OPTICAL A/B SWITCH FC/APC 55-165507 55-165708 FIBRE OPTIC SPLITTER PIONEER ST. SPLITTER Qty. Per Assembly 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 26 of 500 5.1. 700MHz KCM MASTER SITE / PIONEER SQ (80-330652) Rack Elevation Drawing number 80-330652 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 27 of 500 5.2. 700MHz KCM MASTER SITE / PIONEER SQ (80-330682) System Diagram Drawing number 80-330682 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 28 of 500 5.3. 700MHz KCM MASTER SITE / PIONEER SQ (80-330682) Alarm Wiring Diagram
***//*** Approval In progresss G.D. Drawing number 80-330622 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 29 of 500 5.4. 700MHz KCM MASTER SITE / PIONEER SQ (80-330682) Sub Components 5.4.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description 5.4.1.3. 5.4.1.4. 5.4.1.5. 5.4.1.6. 5.4.1.7. 5.4.1.8. 5.4.1.9. Part 02-007206 07-015105 10-000901 11-006702 12-018002 12-021901 17-001109*
17-001117*
17-001201*
5.4.1.10. 20-001601 5.4.1.11. 80-008901 5.4.1.12. 94-100004 5.4.1.13. 96-200047 5.4.1.14. 96-300052 Bandpass Filter Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Power Amplifier (20W 800MHz ) Low Power Amplifier AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V (Dual) Relay Board 12V (Single) Relay Board Dual Diode Assembly DC/DC Converter 12V Switch-Mode PSU Qty. Per Assembly 4 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 30 of 500 5.4.1.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) Outline Drawing Drawing number 55-1657103 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 31 of 500 5.4.1.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165783 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 32 of 500 5.4.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 5.4.1.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 33 of 500 5.4.1.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weigh 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 5.4.1.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 1000MHz Bandwidth: <200MHz Gain: 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point: 20dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/Output return loss: >18dB Noise figure: 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption: 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range:
Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 290gms (approximately) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 34 of 500 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 5.4.1.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 35 of 500 Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 5.4.1.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 36 of 500 Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 5.4.1.9. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 37 of 500 The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 5.4.1.10. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with two dual pole change-over relays with completely isolated wiring, accessed via screw terminals. Both relays are provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 20-001601 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage: 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold: Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current: 1.0Amp Max. switch volts: 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power: 24W/60VA Min. switch load: 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation: 1.5kV Mechanical life: >2x107 operations Relay approval: BT type 56 Connector details: Screw terminals
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C operational:
storage:
Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 38 of 500 5.4.1.11. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational Temperature range 5.4.1.12. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs . They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. 5.4.1.13. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 39 of 500 5.4.1.14. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC
(absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 40 of 500 5.4.2 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) Description of 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description Part 5.4.2.3. 5.4.2.4. 5.4.2.5. 5.4.2.6. 5.4.2.7. 5.4.2.8. 5.4.2.9. 02-007206 07-015105 10-000901 11-006702 12-018002 12-021901 17-001109*
17-001117*
17-001201*
5.4.2.10. 80-008901 5.4.2.11. 94-100004 5.4.2.12. 96-200047 5.4.2.13. 96-300052 Bandpass Filter Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Power Amplifier (20W 800MHz ) Low Power Amplifier AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V (Single) Relay Board Dual Diode Assembly DC/DC Converter 12V Switch-Mode PSU Qty. Per Assembly 4 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 41 of 500 5.4.2.1. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) Outline Drawing Drawing number 55-1657104 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 42 of 500 5.4.2.2. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165784 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 43 of 500 5.4.2.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 5.4.2.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 44 of 500 5.4.2.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weigh 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 5.4.2.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 1000MHz Bandwidth: <200MHz Gain: 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point: 20dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/Output return loss: >18dB Noise figure: 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption: 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range:
Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 290gms (approximately) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 45 of 500 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 5.4.2.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 46 of 500 Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 5.4.2.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 47 of 500 Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 5.4.2.9. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 48 of 500 The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling Temperature operation -10C to +60C range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 5.4.2.10. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 49 of 500 5.4.2.11. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs . They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. 5.4.2.12. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC 5.4.2.13. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC
(absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 50 of 500 5.4.3. 700MHz FO MASTER ATTENUATOR (55-165604) Description of 700MHz FO MASTER ATTENUATOR(55-165604) 700MHz FO MASTER ATTENUATOR(55-165604) List of Major Components Component Part Component Part Description Qty. Per Assembly 10-000701 Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB 2 5.4.3.1. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. Switched Attenuator 10-000701 provides attenuation from 0 to 30dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000701 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Attenuation Values 0-30dB Attenuation Steps 2, 4, 8 and 16dB Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weight 0.2kg Temperature range operation storage
-20C to +60C
-40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 51 of 500 5.4.4. F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) is an O.E.M. sourced Optical Tranceiver package containing discreet TX and RX modules and supplied as a 1U rack mount tray Parameter Specification Optical Output Power 4 mW Wavelength, peak 1310 1550 nm Frequency Response, 50 to 2.2 GHz 1.5 dB Input and Output VSWR 1.5:1 Link Gain (2) 0 dB Output Noise Floor (1)
-137 dBm/Hz Input 3rd Order Intercept (1) 30 dBm Operating Temperature 30 to +75C Storage Temperature 40 to +85C Maximum RF Input to Transmitter +20 dBm Maximum Optical Input to Receiver 6 mW A.C. Supply Voltage 90 265 VAC Dimensions 483 x 457 x 44mm (19.0 x 18 x 1.72 in.)
(1) SFDR, Noise and IP3 specified with 5 dB optical loss.
(2) Link Gain specified with 1 meter fiber. 5.4.5. Optical AB Switch FC/APC (98-700002) Optical A/B Switch FC/APC (98-700002) an O.E.M. sourced Fibre Optic relay supplied as a 1U rack mount tray. 98-700002 allows for the automatic switching between two optical inputs to provide a common optical output. Manual selection of the input is also possible via toggle switches on the front panel. 98-700002 Specification SPECIFICATION PARAMETER Electrical Characteristics Optical Characteristics Power Supply Voltage 100 - 240 VAC Power Supply Frequency 50 - 60 Hz Operating Wavelength 1200 1610nm Optical Input Range +20 dBm Optical Insertion Loss 2.0 dB Optical Trip Threshold/Meter Range
-35 - +20 dBm Optical Switch Speed 15ms
-50dB Backreflection Tolerance Environmental and Physical Characteristics Optical Connectors FC/APC Operating Temp. Range +10 to +40C
-40 to +80 C Storage Temp. Range Humidity 5 to 90 % RHNC Weight 2.2 kg (6 lbs) Dimensions 483 x 361 x 44mm (19.0 x 14.2 x 1.72 in.) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 52 of 500 5.4.6. Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) is a 1U rack mount tray containing an optical splitter/coupler Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) List of Major Sub Components Component Part Component Part Description 98-100001 Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler Qty. Per Assembly 1 5.4.6.1. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) Single Mode Optical Splitter/Couplers are used whenever it is necessary to split or combine outputs from optical transmitters or inputs to receivers. Operators should be aware that a small insertion loss
(typically 3-4dB) is common with these type of couplers. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) It is an O.E.M unit featuring almost negligible insertion loss to the F/O signal. Extreme caution should be exercised when handling these devices. Special attention should be shown to the connectors; repair of a broken Splitter/Coupler is not possible; replacement is the only option. In the Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) in 700MHZ KCM Master Site / Pioneer Sq. (80-330652), Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) is used to split the optical signal from the FO TX module in F/O Link Subsystem (98-700001) into two equal paths. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 53 of 500 5.4.7. PIONEER ST. SPLITTER (55-165708) PIONEER ST. SPLITTER (55-165708) List of major Components Component Part 05-009905 07-015102 Component Part Description 2 Way Power Splitter/Combiner 70/30 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Qty. Per Assembly 3 3 PIONEER ST. SPLITTER (55-165708) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165788 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 54 of 500 5.4.7.1. 2 Way Power Splitter/ Combiner 70/30 (05-009905) The power Splitter/Combiner is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR, return and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports will be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Power devices such as these, typically give 10dB better output isolation than low power equivalents (important for splitters that feed antenna systems). 05-009905 Specification Specification Parameter Frequency Range 764 860MHz Impedence 50 Insertion Loss 0.3dB VSWR 1.25:1 Splitter 100Watts Combiner 5Watts Maximum input power Power splitting/combining ratio 70% - 30%
RF Connectors N Female Dimensions 104mm x 63mm x 46mm Temperature range operation:
storage:
-20C to +60C
-40C to +70C 5.4.7.2. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 10dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015102 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 800 - 2500 MHz Coupling Value 10 dB 1.0 dB Main Line Insertion Loss <1.6 dB VSWR 1.4:1 Directivity >18 dB Power Rating 200 Watts RF Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 55 of 500 BEACON HILL STATION MASTER SITE 1 (80-330551-1) 6. Cabinet number C19-CR-05 from top of rack 55-165504 55-165501 55-165501 55-165502 98-800001 98-700002 55-165507 Beacon Hill Station Master Site 1 (80-330551-1) List of major Components Section Component Part Description Component Part 800MHz FO HUB AMP 800MHz FO HUB SPLITTER/COMB 55-165501 55-165502 55-165504 BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 1 & 3) 55-165507 98-700002 OPTICAL A/B SWITCH FC/APC 98-800001 2GHz 1.5um F/O LINK SUBSYSTEM FIBRE OPTIC SPLITTER Qty. Per Assembly 2 1 1 1 1 1 6.3.1. 6.3.2. 6.3.3. 6.3.4. 6.3.5. 6.3.6. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 56 of 500 6.1. Beacon Hill Station Master Site 1 (80-330551-1) Rack Elevation Drawing number 80-330551 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 57 of 500 6.2. Beacon Hill Station Master Site 1 (80-330551-1) System Diagram Drawing number 80-330581-1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 58 of 500 Beacon Hill Station Master Site 1 (80-330551-1) Alarm Wiring Diagram ***///***
Approval In Progress G.D. Drawing number 80-330521-1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 59 of 500 6.3. Beacon Hill Station Master Site 1 (80-330551-1) Sub Components 6.3.1. 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) List of major components Section Component Component Part Description Part 6.3.1.3. 6.3.1.4. 6.3.1.5. 6.3.1.6. 6.3.1.7. 6.3.1.8. 6.3.1.9. 6.3.1.10. Bandpass Filter 02-007206 07-015105 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler 10-000701 11-005902 11-006702 12-018002 12-021901 17-001109* AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) 17-001117* AGC Detector Assembly 17-001201* AGC Attenuator Assembly Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB Low Noise Amplifier Low Noise Amplifier Power Amplifier Low Power Amplifier Qty. Per Assembly 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 12V Switch-Mode PSU 12V (Dual) Relay Board 12V (Single) Relay Board 6.3.1.11. 20-001601 6.3.1.12. 80-008901 6.3.1.13. 94-100004 Dual Diode Assembly 6.3.1.14. 96-200047 DC/DC Converter 6.3.1.15. 96-300052
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 60 of 500 6.3.1.1. 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) Outline drawing Drawing number 55-1655101 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 61 of 500 6.3.1.2. 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165581 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 62 of 500 6.3.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 6.3.1.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 63 of 500 6.3.1.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. Switched Attenuator 10-000701 provides attenuation from 0 to 30dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000701 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Attenuation Values 0-30dB Attenuation Steps 2, 4, 8 and 16dB Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weight 0.2kg Temperature range operation storage
-20C to +60C
-40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 64 of 500 6.3.1.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-005902) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifier used in the unit is a double stage, solid-state low noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into any alarm system. There is a Current Fault Alarm Function, which indicates failure of each one or both RF transistors by a various alarm output options. The amplifier is housed in an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a 9way D-type for DC and alarm outputs. 11-005902 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 960MHz *
Bandwidth: <170MHz Gain: 19.5dB (typical) 1dB compression point: 21dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/output return loss: >20dB Noise figure: 1dB (typical) Power consumption: 190mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-40C to +70C Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 0.28kg Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification LNA D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm relay O/P bad Alarm relay common Alarm relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 65 of 500 6.3.1.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800 1000MHz Bandwidth <200MHz Gain 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point 20dBm OIP3 33dBm Input/Output return loss >18dB Noise figure 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage 10-24V DC Connectors SMA female operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Size 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight 290gms (approximately) Temperature range:
Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 66 of 500 6.3.1.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz Small signal gain 30dB Gain flatness 1.2dB I/O Return loss >18dB 1dB compression point 42.8dBm Temperature range OIP3 56dBm Supply voltage 24V DC Supply current 5.0Amps (Typical) operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight <2kg (no heatsink) Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 67 of 500 6.3.1.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 68 of 500 6.3.1.10. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 69 of 500 AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 6.3.1.11. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with two dual pole change-over relays with completely isolated wiring, accessed via screw terminals. Both relays are provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 20-001601 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage: 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold: Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current: 1.0Amp Max. switch volts: 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power: 24W/60VA Min. switch load: 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation: 1.5kV Mechanical life: >2x107 operations Relay approval: BT type 56 Connector details: Screw terminals
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C operational:
storage:
Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 70 of 500 6.3.1.12. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational Temperature range 6.3.1.13. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs. They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 71 of 500 6.3.1.14. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC 6.3.1.15. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC (absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 72 of 500 6.3.2. 800MHz FO HUB SPLITTER/COMB (55-165502) 800MHz FO HUB SPLITTER/COMB (55-165502) List of major components Section Component Component Part Description 6.3.2.3. 6.3.2.4. Part 05-002602 05-003302 900MHZ SPLITTER/COMBINER, 20W Four Way Splitter/Combiner Qty. Per Assembly 2 2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 73 of 500 6.3.2.1. 800MHz FO HUB SPLITTER/COMB (55-165502) Outline Drawing Drawing number 55-1655102 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 74 of 500 6.3.2.2. 800MHz FO HUB SPLITTER/COMB (55-165502) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165582 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 75 of 500 6.3.2.3. 900MHz Splitter/Combiner (05-002602) The Splitter/Combiner used is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Being passive devices, the splitters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a unit be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the whole module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. 05-002602 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range Bandwidth Narrowband 815 960MHz Broadband 800 1200MHz Narrowband 145MHz Broadband 400MHz Input ports 1 Output ports 2 Narrowband 3.3dB Broadband 3.5dB Return loss input & output 1.3:1 Impedance 50 Narrowband >20dB Broadband >18dB Isolation Insertion loss Power rating MTFB >180,000 hours Splitting 20Watts Combining 0.5Watt Connectors SMA female Weight 200g (approximately) Size 54 x 44 x 21mm 6.3.2.4. Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302) The Splitter/Combiner used is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Four Way Splitter (05-003302) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 700-980MHz Bandwidth 180MHz Rejection >14dB Insertion loss <7.0dB (in band) Connectors N type, female Weight <1.5kg Temperature range operational
-20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 76 of 500 6.3.3. BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 1 & 3) (55-165504) BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 1 & 3) (55-165504) List of major Components Section Component Component Part Description 6.3.3.3. 6.3.3.4. 6.3.3.5. 6.3.3.6. Part 05-003302 05-009903 05-009905 07-015102 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Four Way Splitter/Combiner 2 Way Power Splitter/ Combiner 80/20 2 Way Power Splitter/ Combiner 70/30, Qty. Per Assembly 2 1 1 2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 77 of 500 6.3.3.1. BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 1 & 3) (55-165504) Outline Drawing Drawing number 55-1655104 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 78 of 500 6.3.3.2. BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 1 & 3) (55-165504) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165584 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 79 of 500 6.3.3.3. Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302) The Splitter/Combiner used is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Four Way Splitter (05-003302) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 700-980MHz Bandwidth 180MHz Rejection >14dB Insertion loss <7.0dB (in band) Connectors N type, female Weight <1.5kg Temperature range:
operational
-20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 6.3.3.4. 2 Way Power Splitter/ Combiner 80/20 (05-009903) The power Splitter/Combiner is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR, return and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports will be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Power devices such as these, typically give 10dB better output isolation than low power equivalents (important for splitters that feed antenna systems). 05-009903 Specification Specification Parameter Frequency Range 764 860MHz Impedence 50 Insertion Loss 0.3dB VSWR 1.25:1 Splitter 100Watts Combiner 5Watts Maximum input power Power splitting/combining ratio 80% - 20%
RF Connectors N Female Dimensions 104mm x 63mm x 46mm Temperature range operation:
storage:
-20C to +60C
-40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 80 of 500 6.3.3.5. 2 Way Power Splitter/ Combiner 70/30 (05-009905) The power Splitter/Combiner is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR, return and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports will be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Power devices such as these, typically give 10dB better output isolation than low power equivalents (important for splitters that feed antenna systems). 05-009905 Specification Specification Parameter Frequency Range 764 860MHz Impedence 50 Insertion Loss 0.3dB VSWR 1.25:1 Splitter 100Watts Combiner 5Watts Maximum input power Power splitting/combining ratio 70% - 30%
RF Connectors N Female Dimensions 104mm x 63mm x 46mm Temperature range operation:
storage:
-20C to +60C
-40C to +70C 6.3.3.6. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 10dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015102 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 800 - 2500 MHz Coupling Value 10 dB 1.0 dB Main Line Insertion Loss <1.6 dB VSWR 1.4:1 Directivity >18 dB Power Rating 200 Watts RF Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 81 of 500 6.3.4. Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) is a 1U rack mount tray containing an optical splitter/coupler Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) List of Major Sub Components Component Part Component Part Description 98-100001 Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler Qty. Per Assembly 1 6.4.3.1. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) Single Mode Optical Splitter/Couplers are used whenever it is necessary to split or combine outputs from optical transmitters or inputs to receivers. Operators should be aware that a small insertion loss
(typically 3-4dB) is common with these type of couplers. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) It is an O.E.M unit featuring almost negligible insertion loss to the F/O signal. Extreme caution should be exercised when handling these devices. Special attention should be shown to the connectors; repair of a broken Splitter/Coupler is not possible; replacement is the only option. In the Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) in BEACON HILL STATION MASTER SITE 1 (80-330551-1), Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) is used to split the optical signal from the FO TX module in F/O Link Subsystem (98-700001) into two equal paths. 6.3.5. Optical AB Switch FC/APC (98-700002) Optical A/B Switch FC/APC (98-700002) an O.E.M. sourced Fibre Optic relay supplied as a 1U rack mount tray. 98-700002 allows for the automatic switching between two optical inputs to provide a common optical output. Manual selection of the input is also possible via toggle switches on the front panel. 98-700002 Specification SPECIFICATION PARAMETER Electrical Characteristics Optical Characteristics Power Supply Voltage 100 - 240 VAC Power Supply Frequency 50 - 60 Hz Operating Wavelength 1200 1610nm Optical Input Range +20 dBm Optical Insertion Loss 2.0 dB Optical Trip Threshold/Meter Range
-35 - +20 dBm Optical Switch Speed 15ms
-50dB Backreflection Tolerance Environmental and Physical Characteristics Optical Connectors FC/APC Operating Temp. Range +10 to +40C
-40 to +80 C Storage Temp. Range Humidity 5 to 90 % RHNC Weight 2.2 kg (6 lbs) Dimensions 483 x 361 x 44mm (19.0 x 14.2 x 1.72 in.) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 82 of 500 6.3.6. F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) is an O.E.M. sourced Optical Tranceiver package containing discreet TX and RX modules and supplied as a 1U rack mount tray Parameter Specification Optical Output Power 4 mW Wavelength, peak 1310 1550 nm Frequency Response, 50 to 2.2 GHz 1.5 dB Input and Output VSWR 1.5:1 Link Gain (2) 0 dB Output Noise Floor (1)
-137 dBm/Hz Input 3rd Order Intercept (1) 30 dBm Operating Temperature 30 to +75C Storage Temperature 40 to +85C Maximum RF Input to Transmitter +20 dBm Maximum Optical Input to Receiver 6 mW A.C. Supply Voltage 90 265 VAC Dimensions 483 x 457 x 44mm (19.0 x 18 x 1.72 in.)
(1) SFDR, Noise and IP3 specified with 5 dB optical loss.
(2) Link Gain specified with 1 meter fiber. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 83 of 500 BEACON HILL STATION MASTER SITE 2 (80-330551-2) 7. Cabinet number C19-CR-06 from top of rack 55-165505 55-165501 55-165501 Beacon Hill Station Master Site 2 (80-330551-2) List of major Components section Component Part 7.3.1. 7.3.2. 800MHz FO HUB AMP BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 2 & 4) Component Part Description 55-165501 55-165505 Qty. Per Assembly 2 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 84 of 500 7.1. Beacon Hill Station Master Site 2 (80-330551-2) Rack Elevation Drawing number 80-330551 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 85 of 500 7.2. Beacon Hill Station Master Site 2 (80-330551-2) System Diagram Drawing number 80-330581-2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 86 of 500 7.3. Beacon Hill Station Master Site 2 (80-330551-2) Alarm Wiring Diagram Drawing number 80-330521-2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 87 of 500 7.4. Beacon Hill Station Master Site 2 (80-330551-2) Major Sub Components 7.4.1. 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) List of major components section Component Component Part Description Part 7.4.1.3. 7.4.1.4. 7.4.1.5. 7.4.1.6. 7.4.1.7. 7.4.1.8. 7.4.1.9. 7.4.1.10. Bandpass Filter 02-007206 07-015105 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler 10-000701 11-005902 11-006702 12-018002 12-021901 17-001109* AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) 17-001117* AGC Detector Assembly 17-001201* AGC Attenuator Assembly Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB Low Noise Amplifier Low Noise Amplifier Power Amplifier Low Power Amplifier 12V (Dual) Relay Board 12V (Single) Relay Board 7.4.1.11. 20-001601 7.4.1.12. 80-008901 7.4.1.13. 96-200047 DC/DC Converter 7.4.1.14. 94-100004 Dual Diode Assembly 7.4.1.15. 96-200047 DC/DC Converter 7.4.1.16. 96-300052 12V Switch-Mode PSU Qty. Per Assembly 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 88 of 500 7.4.1.1. 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) Outline drawing Drawing number 55-1655101 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 89 of 500 7.4.1.2. 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165581 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 90 of 500 7.4.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 7.4.1.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 91 of 500 7.4.1.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. Switched Attenuator 10-000701 provides attenuation from 0 to 30dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000701 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Attenuation Values 0-30dB Attenuation Steps 2, 4, 8 and 16dB Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weight 0.2kg Temperature range operation storage
-20C to +60C
-40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 92 of 500 7.4.1.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-005902) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifier used in the unit is a double stage, solid-state low noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into any alarm system. There is a Current Fault Alarm Function, which indicates failure of each one or both RF transistors by a various alarm output options. The amplifier is housed in an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a 9way D-type for DC and alarm outputs. 11-005902 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 960MHz *
Bandwidth: <170MHz Gain: 19.5dB (typical) 1dB compression point: 21dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/output return loss: >20dB Noise figure: 1dB (typical) Power consumption: 190mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-40C to +70C Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 0.28kg Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification LNA D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm relay O/P bad Alarm relay common Alarm relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 93 of 500 7.4.1.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 1000MHz Bandwidth: <200MHz Gain: 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point: 20dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/Output return loss: >18dB Noise figure: 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption: 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range:
Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 290gms (approximately) Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 94 of 500 7.4.1.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 95 of 500 7.4.1.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 96 of 500 7.4.1.10. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 800MHz FO HUB AMP (55-165501) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 97 of 500 AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 7.4.1.11. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with two dual pole change-over relays with completely isolated wiring, accessed via screw terminals. Both relays are provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 20-001601 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage: 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold: Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current: 1.0Amp Max. switch volts: 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power: 24W/60VA Min. switch load: 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation: 1.5kV Mechanical life: >2x107 operations Relay approval: BT type 56 Connector details: Screw terminals
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C operational:
storage:
Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 98 of 500 7.4.1.12. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational Temperature range 7.4.1.13. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 24V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C 7.4.1.14. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs. They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 99 of 500 7.4.1.15. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC 7.4.1.16. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC (absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A 7.4.2. BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 2 & 4) (55-165505) BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 2 & 4) (55-165505) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description Part 2 Way Power Splitter/ Combiner 70/30 7.3.2.3. 05-009905 3 Way Power Splitter 33/33/33 7.3.2.4. 05-009906 7.3.2.5. 05-009907 3 Way Power Splitter 40/20/40 7.3.2.6. 07-015102 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Qty. Per Assembly 1 1 1 2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 100 of 500 7.4.2.1. BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 2 & 4) (55-165505) Outline Drawing Drawing Number 55-1655105 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 101 of 500 7.4.2.2. BEACON HILL SPLITTER (BDA 2 & 4) (55-165505) System Diagram Drawing Number 55-165585 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 102 of 500 7.4.2.3. 2 Way Power Splitter/ Combiner 70/30 (05-009905) The power Splitter/Combiner is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR, return and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports will be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Power devices such as these, typically give 10dB better output isolation than low power equivalents (important for splitters that feed antenna systems). 05-009905 Specification Specification Parameter Frequency Range 764 860MHz Impedence 50 Insertion Loss 0.3dB VSWR 1.25:1 Splitter 100Watts Combiner 5Watts Maximum input power Power splitting/combining ratio 70% - 30%
RF Connectors N Female Dimensions 104mm x 63mm x 46mm Temperature range operation:
storage:
-20C to +60C
-40C to +70C 7.4.2.4. 3 Way Power Splitter 33/33/33 (05-009906) ***///*** BSB 7.4.2.5. 3 Way Power Splitter 40/20/40 (05-009907) ***///***BSB 7.4.2.6. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 10dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015102 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 800 - 2500 MHz Coupling Value 10 dB 1.0 dB Main Line Insertion Loss <1.6 dB VSWR 1.4:1 Directivity >18 dB Power Rating 200 Watts RF Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 103 of 500 BEACON HILL STATION CROSS PASSAGE A (80-330591-1) 8 Cabinet C18-CR-01 Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage A (80-330591-1) List of major Components Component Part Component Part Description Qty. Per Assembly 1 2 2 07-015102 12-018002 55-165401 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Power Amplifier 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) 8.4.1. 8.4.2. 8.4.3. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 104 of 500 8.1. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage A (80-330591-1) Rack Layout ***///***
Drawing number STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 105 of 500 8.2. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage A (80-330591-1) System Diagram Drawing number 80-330593-1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 106 of 500 8.3. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage A (80-330591-1) Alarm Wiring Diagram Drawing number 80-330531-1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 107 of 500 8.4. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage A (80-330591-1) Major Sub Components 8.4.1. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 10dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015102 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 800 - 2500 MHz Coupling Value 10 dB 1.0 dB Main Line Insertion Loss <1.6 dB VSWR 1.4:1 Directivity >18 dB Power Rating 200 Watts RF Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 8.4.2. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz Small signal gain 30dB Gain flatness 1.2dB I/O Return loss >18dB 1dB compression point 42.8dBm Temperature range OIP3 56dBm Supply voltage 24V DC Supply current 5.0Amps (Typical) operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight <2kg (no heatsink) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 108 of 500 Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 109 of 500 8.4.3. 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401) 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401) list of major components section Component Component Part Description Part 02-007206 07-015105 10-000901 11-006702 12-018002K 12-021901 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 80-008901 94-100004 96-200047 96-300052 Bandpass Filter Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Power Amplifier Low Power Amplifier AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V (Single) Relay Board Dual Diode Assembly DC/DC Converter 12V Switch-Mode PSU 8.4.3.3. 8.4.3.4. 8.4.3.5. 8.4.3.6. 8.4.3.7. 8.4.3.8. 8.4.3.9. 8.4.3.10. 8.4.3.11. 8.4.3.12. 8.4.3.14. Qty. Per Assembly 4 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 110 of 500 8.4.3.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401) outline drawing Drawing number 55-1654101 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 111 of 500 8.4.3.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401) system diagram Drawing number 55-165481 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 112 of 500 8.4.3.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 8.4.3.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 113 of 500 8.4.3.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weigh 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 8.4.3.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 1000MHz Bandwidth: <200MHz Gain: 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point: 20dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/Output return loss: >18dB Noise figure: 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption: 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range:
Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 290gms (approximately) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 114 of 500 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8.4.3.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 115 of 500 Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 8.4.3.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 116 of 500 Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 8.4.3.9. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-
001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 117 of 500 The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 8.4.3.10. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operationa:
Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 118 of 500 8.4.3.11. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs . They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. 8.4.3.12. DC/DC Converter (96-200047) DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 24V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C 8.4.3.13. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC
(absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 119 of 500 BEACON HILL STATION CROSS PASSAGE B (80-330591-2) 9 Cabinet C20-CR-01 Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage B (80-330591-2) List of major Components Component Part Component Part Description Qty. Per Assembly 1 2 2 07-015102 12-018002 55-165401 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Power Amplifier 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) 9.4.1. 9.4.2. 9.4.3. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 120 of 500 9.1. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage B (80-330591-2) Rack layout ***///***
Drawing number STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 121 of 500 9.2. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage B (80-330591-2) System Diagram Drawing number 80-330593-2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 122 of 500 9.3. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage B (80-330591-2) Alarm Wiring Diagram Drawing number 80-330531-2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 123 of 500 9.4. Beacon Hill Station Cross Passage A (80-330591-1) Major Sub Components 9.4.1. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 10dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015102 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 800 - 2500 MHz Coupling Value 10 dB 1.0 dB Main Line Insertion Loss <1.6 dB VSWR 1.4:1 Directivity >18 dB Power Rating 200 Watts RF Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 9.4.2. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 124 of 500 Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 125 of 500
1 | manual 2 of 5 | Users Manual | 5.67 MiB | July 07 2008 |
Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 125 of 500 9.4.3. 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401) 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401) list of major components section Component Component Part Description Part 02-007206 07-015105 10-000901 11-006702 12-018002K 12-021901 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 80-008901 94-100004 96-200047 96-300052 Bandpass Filter Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Power Amplifier Low Power Amplifier AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V (Single) Relay Board Dual Diode Assembly DC/DC Converter 12V Switch-Mode PSU 9.4.3.3. 9.4.3.4. 9.4.3.5. 9.4.3.6. 9.4.3.7. 9.4.3.8. 9.4.3.9. 9.4.3.10. 9.4.3.11. 9.4.3.12. 9.4.3.13. Qty. Per Assembly 4 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 126 of 500 9.4.3.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401) outline drawing Drawing number 55-1654101 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 127 of 500 9.4.3.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401) system diagram Drawing number 55-165481 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 128 of 500 9.4.3.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 9.4.3.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 129 of 500 9.4.3.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weight 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 9.4.3.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800 1000MHz Bandwidth <200MHz Gain 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point 20dBm OIP3 33dBm Input/Output return loss >18dB Noise figure 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage 10-24V DC Connectors SMA female operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Temperature range Size 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight 290gms (approximately) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 130 of 500 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9.4.3.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 131 of 500 Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 9.4.3.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 132 of 500 Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 9.4.3.9. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 800MHz Line Amplifier (Ext. Amp.) (55-165401) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-
001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 133 of 500 The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 9.4.3.10. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 134 of 500 9.4.3.11. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs . They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. 9.4.3.12. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC 9.4.3.12. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC
(absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 135 of 500 10. UNIVERSITY STATION MASTER SITE 1 (80-330552-1) Rack C05-CR-06 55-165601 55-165602 55-165502 98-800001 98-700002 55-165507 55-165601 55-165602 55-165711 University Station Master Site 1 (80-330552-1) list of major components section Component Part 10.4.1. 55-165502 10.4.2. 55-165507 10.4.3. 55-165601 10.4.4. 55-165602 10.4.5. 55-165711 10.4.6. 98-700002 10.4.7. 98-800001 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165601) 800MHz FO HUB Splitter/Combiner Fibre Optic Splitter 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier UNIVERSITY ST. SPLITTER 1 Optical A/B Switch FC/APC F/O Link Subsystem Component Part Description Qty. Per Assembly 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 136 of 500 10.1. University Station Master Site 1 (80-330552-1) Rack elevation Drawing number 80-330552 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 137 of 500 10.2. University Station Master Site 1 (80-330552-1) system diagram Drawing number 80-330582-1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 138 of 500 10.3. University Station Master Site 1 (80-330552-1) Alarm Wiring Diagram Drawing number 80-330522-1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 139 of 500 10.4 University Station Master Site 1 (80-330552-1) Major Components 10.4.1. 800MHz FO HUB Splitter/Combiner (55-165502) 800MHz FO HUB SPLITTER/COMB (55-165502) List of major components section Component Component Part Description Part 10.4.1.3. 05-002602 10.4.1.4. 05-003302 900MHZ SPLITTER/COMBINER, 20W Four Way Splitter/Combiner Qty. Per Assembly 2 2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 140 of 500 10.4.1.1. 800MHz FO HUB SPLITTER/COMB (55-165502) Outline Drawing Drawing number 55-1655102 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 141 of 500 10.4.1.2. 800MHz FO HUB SPLITTER/COMB (55-165502) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165582 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 142 of 500 10.4.1.3. 900MHz Splitter/Combiner (05-002602) The Splitter/Combiner used is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Being passive devices, the splitters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a unit be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the whole module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. 05-002602 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range:
Bandwidth:
Narrowband: 815 960MHz Broadband: 800 1200MHz Narrowband: 145MHz Broadband: 400MHz Input ports: 1 Output ports: 2 Narrowband: 3.3dB Broadband: 3.5dB Return loss input & output: 1.3:1 Impedance: 50 Narrowband: >20dB Broadband: >18dB Isolation:
Insertion loss:
Power rating:
MTFB: >180,000 hours Splitting: 20Watts Combining: 0.5Watt Connectors: SMA female Weight: 200g (approximately) Size: 54 x 44 x 21mm 10.4.1.4. Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302) The Splitter/Combiner used is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Four Way Splitter (05-003302) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 700-980MHz Bandwidth 180MHz Rejection >14dB Insertion loss <7.0dB (in band) Connectors N type, female Weight <1.5kg Temperature range operational
-20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 143 of 500 10.4.2. Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) is a 1U rack mount tray containing an optical splitter/coupler Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) List of Major Sub Components Component Part Component Part Description 98-100001 Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler Qty. Per Assembly 1 10.4.2.1. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) Single Mode Optical Splitter/Couplers are used whenever it is necessary to split or combine outputs from optical transmitters or inputs to receivers. Operators should be aware that a small insertion loss
(typically 3-4dB) is common with these type of couplers. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) It is an O.E.M unit featuring almost negligible insertion loss to the F/O signal. Extreme caution should be exercised when handling these devices. Special attention should be shown to the connectors; repair of a broken Splitter/Coupler is not possible; replacement is the only option. In the Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) in University Station Master Site 1 (80-330552-1), Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) is used to split the optical signal from the FO TX module in F/O Link Subsystem (98-700001) into two equal paths. 10.4.3. 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601) Section Component Component Part Description Part 10.4.3.3. 10.4.3.4. 10.4.3.5. 10.4.3.6. 10.4.3.7. 10.4.3.8. 10.4.3.9. 10.4.3.10. 900MHZ 8POLE 25MHz+ B/W "SMA"
ASYMMETRIC CPLR 30dB 800-2500MHz GA SW ATT 0-30dB 0.25W SMA F 02-007206 07-015105 10-000701 11-005902K 900MHz LOW NOISE AMP WITH RELAY KIT 11-006702K 800-1000MHz LNA 29dB (cw RELAY) KIT 12-018002K PA 800-960MHz 20W CLASS A KIT 12-021901 17-001109* AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) 17-001117* AGC Detector Assembly 17-001201* AGC Attenuator Assembly Low Power Amplifier 12V RELAY BOARD 12V RELAY PCB ASSEMBLY STPS12045TV 60A DUAL DIODE 10.4.3.11. 20-001601 10.4.3.12. 80-008901 10.4.3.13. 94-100004 10.4.3.14. 96-200047 DC/DC Converter 10.4.3.15. 96-300052
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the down link JWS150-12/A PSU (COUTANT LAMBDA) Qty. Per Assembly 6 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 144 of 500 10.4.3.1. 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601) outline drawing drawing number 55-1656101 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 145 of 500 10.4.3.2. 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601) system diagram drawing number 55-165681 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 146 of 500 10.4.3.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 10.4.3.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 147 of 500 10.4.3.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. Switched Attenuator 10-000701 provides attenuation from 0 to 30dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000701 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Attenuation Values 0-30dB Attenuation Steps 2, 4, 8 and 16dB Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weight 0.2kg Temperature range operation storage
-20C to +60C
-40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 148 of 500 10.4.3.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-005902) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifier used in the unit is a double stage, solid-state low noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into any alarm system. There is a Current Fault Alarm Function, which indicates failure of each one or both RF transistors by a various alarm output options. The amplifier is housed in an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a 9way D-type for DC and alarm outputs. 11-005902 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 960MHz *
Bandwidth: <170MHz Gain: 19.5dB (typical) 1dB compression point: 21dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/output return loss: >20dB Noise figure: 1dB (typical) Power consumption: 190mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-40C to +70C Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 0.28kg Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification LNA D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm relay O/P bad Alarm relay common Alarm relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 149 of 500 10.4.3.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 1000MHz Bandwidth: <200MHz Gain: 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point: 20dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/Output return loss: >18dB Noise figure: 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption: 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range:
Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 290gms (approximately) Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 150 of 500 10.4.3.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 151 of 500 10.4.3.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 152 of 500 10.4.3.10. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the down link 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-
001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the down link The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 153 of 500 AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 10.4.3.11. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with two dual pole change-over relays with completely isolated wiring, accessed via screw terminals. Both relays are provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 20-001601 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage: 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold: Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current: 1.0Amp Max. switch volts: 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power: 24W/60VA Min. switch load: 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation: 1.5kV Mechanical life: >2x107 operations Relay approval: BT type 56 Connector details: Screw terminals
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C operational:
storage:
Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 154 of 500 10.4.3.12. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational Temperature range 10.4.3.13. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs. They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 155 of 500 10.4.3.14. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC 10.4.3.15. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC (absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 156 of 500 10.4.4. 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602) 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602) List of major components Part Section Component Component Part Description 10.4.4.3. 10.4.4.4. 10.4.4.5. 10.4.4.6. 10.4.4.7. 10.4.4.8. 10.4.4.9. 10.4.4.10. 900MHZ 8POLE 25MHz+ B/W "SMA"
ASYMMETRIC CPLR 30dB 800-2500MHz GA SW ATT 0-30dB 0.25W SMA F 900MHz LOW NOISE AMP WITH RELAY KIT 800-1000MHz LNA 29dB (cw RELAY) KIT PA 800-960MHz 20W CLASS A KIT Low Power Amplifier AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V RELAY BOARD 12V RELAY PCB ASSEMBLY STPS12045TV 60A DUAL DIODE DC/DC Converter JWS150-12/A PSU (COUTANT LAMBDA) 02-007206 07-015105 10-000701 11-005902 11-006702 12-018002 12-021901 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 10.4.4.11. 20-001601 10.4.4.12. 80-008901 10.4.4.13. 94-100004 10.4.4.14. 96-200047 10.4.4.15. 96-300052
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink Qty. Per Assembly 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 157 of 500 10.4.4.1. 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602) Outline Drawing drawing number 55-1656102 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 158 of 500 10.4.4.2. 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602) system diagram drawing number 55-165682 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 159 of 500 10.4.4.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 10.4.4.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 160 of 500 10.4.4.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. Switched Attenuator 10-000701 provides attenuation from 0 to 30dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000701 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Attenuation Values 0-30dB Attenuation Steps 2, 4, 8 and 16dB Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weight 0.2kg Temperature range operation storage
-20C to +60C
-40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 161 of 500 10.4.4.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-005902) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifier used in the unit is a double stage, solid-state low noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into any alarm system. There is a Current Fault Alarm Function, which indicates failure of each one or both RF transistors by a various alarm output options. The amplifier is housed in an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a 9way D-type for DC and alarm outputs. 11-005902 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 960MHz *
Bandwidth: <170MHz Gain: 19.5dB (typical) 1dB compression point: 21dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/output return loss: >20dB Noise figure: 1dB (typical) Power consumption: 190mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-40C to +70C Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 0.28kg Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification LNA D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm relay O/P bad Alarm relay common Alarm relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 162 of 500 10.4.4.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 1000MHz Bandwidth: <200MHz Gain: 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point: 20dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/Output return loss: >18dB Noise figure: 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption: 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range:
Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 290gms (approximately) Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 163 of 500 10.4.4.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 164 of 500 10.4.4.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 165 of 500 10.4.4.10. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 166 of 500 AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 10.4.4.11. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with two dual pole change-over relays with completely isolated wiring, accessed via screw terminals. Both relays are provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 20-001601 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage: 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold: Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current: 1.0Amp Max. switch volts: 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power: 24W/60VA Min. switch load: 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation: 1.5kV Mechanical life: >2x107 operations Relay approval: BT type 56 Connector details: Screw terminals
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C operational:
storage:
Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 167 of 500 10.4.4.12. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational Temperature range 10.4.4.13. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs. They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. 10.4.4.14. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 168 of 500 10.4.4.15. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC (absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 169 of 500 10.4.5. University Station Splitter 1 (55-165711) University Station Splitter 1 (55-165711) list of major components section Component Part 05-003005 07-015102 Component Part Description Qty. Per Assembly 3 PORT THC 900MHz 1 ASYMMETRIC CPLR 10dB 800-2500MHz GA 4 10.4.5.3. 10.4.5.4. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 170 of 500 10.4.5.1. University Station Splitter 1 (55-165711) outline drawing drawing number 55-1657111 2 A J T R O P 1 1 7 5 6 1
5 5
R E B M U N T C U D O R P I I S G N X F 5 M R O F E L B A T U S S E L O H x 5 I 2 I T R O P
. 0 0 1 3.00 150.00 100.00 I I M U N M U L A
I S S S A H C
I E T D R I I L A R E T A M I
I H S N F I T E K C O S E P Y T
N
S R O T C E N N O C 1 R E T T L P S I
. I N O T A T S I Y T S R E V N U I 1 I T R O P 0 0
. 0 9 4 0
. 3 2 5 3 4 5
7 0 9 0 4 2
A A 1 1 1 7 5 6 1
5 5 2
1
7 0 0 2 0 1 7 1
I G N W A R D E N L T U O I D G
7 0 0 2 0 1 7 1
L P B P L P E U S S I I L A N G R O I A A 3 A J T R O P 1 A J T R O P 2 C J T R O P 1 C J T R O P 2 B J T R O P 1 B J T R O P 83.0 180.0
. 0 3 0 6 3 3
. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 171 of 500 10.4.5.2. University Station Splitter 1 (55-165711) system diagram drawing number 55-165791 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 172 of 500 10.4.5.3. 2-Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003005) This printed circuit based Splitter/Combiner is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load.
(05-003005) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 800 - 1000 MHz Input Ports 2 Output Ports 1 Insertion Loss <3.3 dB Isolation >18 dB VSWR 1.3:1 Power Rating as a Splitter 50 Watts Power Rating as a Combiner 5 Watts Mechanical Wall mount case Weight <1.5kg RF Connectors N female Dimensions 70mm x 63mm x 21mm
(excludes connectors)
-20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C operational Temperature range:
10.4.5.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 10dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015102 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 800 - 2500 MHz Coupling Value 10 dB 1.0 dB Main Line Insertion Loss <1.6 dB VSWR 1.4:1 Directivity >18 dB Power Rating 200 Watts RF Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 173 of 500 10.4.6. Optical AB Switch FC/APC (98-700002) Optical A/B Switch FC/APC (98-700002) an O.E.M. sourced Fibre Optic relay supplied as a 1U rack mount tray. 98-700002 allows for the automatic switching between two optical inputs to provide a common optical output. Manual selection of the input is also possible via toggle switches on the front panel. 98-700002 Specification SPECIFICATION PARAMETER Electrical Characteristics Optical Characteristics Power Supply Voltage 100 - 240 VAC Power Supply Frequency 50 - 60 Hz Operating Wavelength 1200 1610nm Optical Input Range +20 dBm Optical Insertion Loss 2.0 dB Optical Trip Threshold/Meter Range
-35 - +20 dBm Optical Switch Speed 15ms
-50dB Backreflection Tolerance Environmental and Physical Characteristics Optical Connectors FC/APC Operating Temp. Range +10 to +40C
-40 to +80 C Storage Temp. Range Humidity 5 to 90 % RHNC Weight 2.2 kg (6 lbs) Dimensions 483 x 361 x 44mm (19.0 x 14.2 x 1.72 in.) 10.4.7. F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) is an O.E.M. sourced Optical Tranceiver package containing discreet TX and RX modules and supplied as a 1U rack mount tray Parameter Specification Optical Output Power 4 mW Wavelength, peak 1310 1550 nm Frequency Response, 50 to 2.2 GHz 1.5 dB Input and Output VSWR 1.5:1 Link Gain (2) 0 dB Output Noise Floor (1)
-137 dBm/Hz Input 3rd Order Intercept (1) 30 dBm Operating Temperature 30 to +75C Storage Temperature 40 to +85C Maximum RF Input to Transmitter +20 dBm Maximum Optical Input to Receiver 6 mW A.C. Supply Voltage 90 265 VAC Dimensions 483 x 457 x 44mm (19.0 x 18 x 1.72 in.)
(1) SFDR, Noise and IP3 specified with 5 dB optical loss.
(2) Link Gain specified with 1 meter fiber. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 174 of 500 11. UNIVERSITY STATION MASTER SITE 2 (80-330552-2) Rack C05-CR-07 55-165601 55-165602 55-165603 98-800001 98-700002 55-165507 55-165601 55-165602 55-165711 University Station Master Site 2 (80-330552-2) list of major components Section Component Component Part Description Qty. Per Assembly Fibre Optic Splitter 800MHz FO HUB AMP + FILTERS 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier 700MHz FO HUB Splitter/Combiner UNIVERSITY ST. SPLITTER 2 Optical A/B Switch FC/APC F/O Link Subsystem 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 Part 11.4.1. 55-165507 11.4.2. 55-165601 11.4.3. 55-165602 11.4.4. 55-165603 11.4.5. 55-165712 11.4.6. 98-700002 11.4.7. 98-800001 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 175 of 500 11.1. University Station Master Site 2 (80-330552-1) Rack elevation Drawing number 80-330552 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 176 of 500 11.2. University Station Master Site 2 (80-330552-1) system diagram Drawing number 80-330582-1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 177 of 500 11.3. University Station Master Site 2 (80-330552-1) Alarm Wiring Diagram Drawing number 80-330522-1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 178 of 500 11.4 University Station Master Site 2 (80-330552-1) Major Components 11.4.1. Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) is a 1U rack mount tray containing an optical splitter/coupler Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) List of Major Sub Components Component Part Component Part Description 98-100001 Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler Qty. Per Assembly 1 11.4.1.1. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) Single Mode Optical Splitter/Couplers are used whenever it is necessary to split or combine outputs from optical transmitters or inputs to receivers. Operators should be aware that a small insertion loss
(typically 3-4dB) is common with these type of couplers. Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) It is an O.E.M unit featuring almost negligible insertion loss to the F/O signal. Extreme caution should be exercised when handling these devices. Special attention should be shown to the connectors; repair of a broken Splitter/Coupler is not possible; replacement is the only option. In the Fibre Optic Splitter (55-165507) in University Station Master Site 1 (80-330552-1), Single Mode Optical Splitter/Coupler (98-100001) is used to split the optical signal from the FO TX module in F/O Link Subsystem (98-700001) into two equal paths. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 179 of 500 11.4.2.3. 11.4.2.4. 11.4.2.5. 11.4.2.6. 11.4.2.7. 11.4.2.8. 11.4.2.9. 11.4.2.10. 11.4.2. 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601) Section Component Component Part Description Part 900MHZ 8POLE 25MHz+ B/W "SMA"
ASYMMETRIC CPLR 30dB 800-2500MHz GA SW ATT 0-30dB 0.25W SMA F 02-007206 07-015105 10-000701 11-005902K 900MHz LOW NOISE AMP WITH RELAY KIT 11-006702K 800-1000MHz LNA 29dB (cw RELAY) KIT 12-018002K PA 800-960MHz 20W CLASS A KIT 12-021901 17-001109* AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) 17-001117* AGC Detector Assembly 17-001201* AGC Attenuator Assembly Low Power Amplifier JWS150-12/A PSU (COUTANT LAMBDA) 12V RELAY BOARD 12V RELAY PCB ASSEMBLY STPS12045TV 60A DUAL DIODE 11.4.2.11. 20-001601 11.4.2.12. 80-008901 11.4.2.13. 94-100004 11.4.2.14. 96-200047 DC/DC Converter 11.4.2.15. 96-300052
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the down link Qty. Per Assembly 6 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 180 of 500 11.4.2.1. 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601) outline drawing drawing number 55-1656101 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 181 of 500 11.4.2.2. 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601) system diagram drawing number 55-165681 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 182 of 500 11.4.2.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 11.4.2.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 183 of 500 11.4.2.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. Switched Attenuator 10-000701 provides attenuation from 0 to 30dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000701 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Attenuation Values 0-30dB Attenuation Steps 2, 4, 8 and 16dB Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weight 0.2kg Temperature range operation storage
-20C to +60C
-40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 184 of 500 11.4.2.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-005902) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifier used in the unit is a double stage, solid-state low noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into any alarm system. There is a Current Fault Alarm Function, which indicates failure of each one or both RF transistors by a various alarm output options. The amplifier is housed in an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a 9way D-type for DC and alarm outputs. 11-005902 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 960MHz *
Bandwidth: <170MHz Gain: 19.5dB (typical) 1dB compression point: 21dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/output return loss: >20dB Noise figure: 1dB (typical) Power consumption: 190mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-40C to +70C Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 0.28kg Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification LNA D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm relay O/P bad Alarm relay common Alarm relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 185 of 500 11.4.2.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 1000MHz Bandwidth: <200MHz Gain: 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point: 20dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/Output return loss: >18dB Noise figure: 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption: 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range:
Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 290gms (approximately) Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 186 of 500 11.4.2.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 187 of 500 11.4.2.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 188 of 500 11.4.2.10. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the down link 800MHz FO Hub Amplifier + Filters (55-165601) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-
001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the down link The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 189 of 500 AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 11.4.2.11. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with two dual pole change-over relays with completely isolated wiring, accessed via screw terminals. Both relays are provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 20-001601 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage: 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold: Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current: 1.0Amp Max. switch volts: 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power: 24W/60VA Min. switch load: 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation: 1.5kV Mechanical life: >2x107 operations Relay approval: BT type 56 Connector details: Screw terminals
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C operational:
storage:
Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 190 of 500 11.4.2.12. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational Temperature range 11.4.2.13. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs. They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 191 of 500 11.4.2.14. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC 11.4.2.15. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC (absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 192 of 500 11.4.3. 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602) 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602) List of major components Part Section Component Component Part Description Qty. Per Assembly 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 11.4.3.3. 11.4.3.4. 11.4.3.5. 11.4.3.6. 11.4.3.7. 11.4.3.8. 11.4.3.9. 11.4.3.10. 900MHZ 8POLE 25MHz+ B/W "SMA"
ASYMMETRIC CPLR 30dB 800-2500MHz GA SW ATT 0-30dB 0.25W SMA F 900MHz LOW NOISE AMP WITH RELAY KIT 800-1000MHz LNA 29dB (cw RELAY) KIT PA 800-960MHz 20W CLASS A KIT Low Power Amplifier AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V RELAY BOARD 12V RELAY PCB ASSEMBLY STPS12045TV 60A DUAL DIODE DC/DC Converter JWS150-12/A PSU (COUTANT LAMBDA) 02-007206 07-015105 10-000701 11-005902 11-006702 12-018002 12-021901 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 11.4.3.11. 20-001601 11.4.3.12. 80-008901 11.4.3.13. 94-100004 11.4.3.14. 96-200047 11.4.3.15. 96-300052
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 193 of 500 11.4.3.1. 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602) outline drawing drawing number 55-1656102 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 194 of 500 11.4.3.2. 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602) system diagram drawing number 55-165682 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 195 of 500 11.4.3.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 11.4.3.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling leve:
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 196 of 500 11.4.3.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. Switched Attenuator 10-000701 provides attenuation from 0 to 30dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000701 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Attenuation Values 0-30dB Attenuation Steps 2, 4, 8 and 16dB Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weight 0.2kg Temperature range operation storage
-20C to +60C
-40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 197 of 500 11.4.3.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-005902) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifier used in the unit is a double stage, solid-state low noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into any alarm system. There is a Current Fault Alarm Function, which indicates failure of each one or both RF transistors by a various alarm output options. The amplifier is housed in an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a 9way D-type for DC and alarm outputs. 11-005902 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 960MHz *
Bandwidth: <170MHz Gain: 19.5dB (typical) 1dB compression point: 21dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/output return loss: >20dB Noise figure: 1dB (typical) Power consumption: 190mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-40C to +70C Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 0.28kg Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification LNA D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm relay O/P bad Alarm relay common Alarm relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 198 of 500 11.4.3.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 1000MHz Bandwidth: <200MHz Gain: 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point: 20dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/Output return loss: >18dB Noise figure: 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption: 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range:
Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 290gms (approximately) Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 199 of 500 11.4.3.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 200 of 500 111.4.3.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 201 of 500 11.4.3.10. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 700MHz FO Hub Amplifier (55-165602) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 202 of 500 AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 11.4.3.11. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with two dual pole change-over relays with completely isolated wiring, accessed via screw terminals. Both relays are provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 20-001601 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage: 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold: Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current: 1.0Amp Max. switch volts: 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power: 24W/60VA Min. switch load: 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation: 1.5kV Mechanical life: >2x107 operations Relay approval: BT type 56 Connector details: Screw terminals
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C operational:
storage:
Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 203 of 500 11.4.3.12. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational Temperature range 11.4.3.13. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs. They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 204 of 500 11.4.3.14. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC 11.4.3.15. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC (absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 205 of 500 11.4.4. 700MHz FO HUB Splitter/Combiner (55-165603) 700MHz FO HUB Splitter/Combiner (55-165603) list of major components section Component Component Part Description 4 WAY SPLITTER GSM 900MHz 700MHz FO HUB Splitter/Combiner (55-165603) system diagram Qty. Per Assembly 2 Part 11.4.4.2. 05-003302 11.4.4.1. drawing number 55-165683 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 206 of 500 11.4.4.2. Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302) The Splitter/Combiner used is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Four Way Splitter (05-003302) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 700-980MHz Bandwidth 180MHz Rejection >14dB Insertion loss <7.0dB (in band) Connectors N type, female Weight <1.5kg Temperature range operational
-20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 207 of 500 11.4.5. UNIVERSITY ST. SPLITTER 2 (55-165712) UNIVERSITY ST. SPLITTER 2 (55-165712) List of major Components Component Part Description section 11.4.5.3. Component Parts 07-015102 ASYMMETRIC CPLR 10dB 800-2500MHz GA Qty. Per Assembly 3 11.4.5.1. University Station Splitter 2 (55-165712) outline drawing 483 463.0
. 0 0 8 1
. 0 0 0 5 0 1 0
. 0 0 1 420.00 PORT I1 10.0 5x FIXING HOLES SUITABLE FOR M5 FIXINGS PORT I2 0 0
. 3 PL PB 20/09/07 GD 18/10/2007 18/10/2007 1:2 AA ORIGINAL ISSUE PL UNIVERSITY STATION. SPLITTER 2 OUTLINE DRAWING 55-1657112 65 PORT JB1 PORT JB3 PORT JA1 PORT JB2 PORT JA2 drawing number 55-1657112 MATERIAL: CHASSIS - ALUMINIUM FINISH : IRIDITE CONNECTORS : 'N' TYPE SOCKETS PRODUCT NUMBER : 55-165712 3 8 0
. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 208 of 500 11.4.5.2. University Station Splitter 2 (55-165712) system diagram drawing number 55-165792 11.4.5.3. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 10dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015102 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 800 - 2500 MHz Coupling Value 10 dB 1.0 dB Main Line Insertion Loss <1.6 dB VSWR 1.4:1 Directivity >18 dB Power Rating 200 Watts RF Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 209 of 500 11.4.6. Optical AB Switch FC/APC (98-700002) Optical A/B Switch FC/APC (98-700002) an O.E.M. sourced Fibre Optic relay supplied as a 1U rack mount tray. 98-700002 allows for the automatic switching between two optical inputs to provide a common optical output. Manual selection of the input is also possible via toggle switches on the front panel. 98-700002 Specification SPECIFICATION PARAMETER Electrical Characteristics Optical Characteristics Power Supply Voltage 100 - 240 VAC Power Supply Frequency 50 - 60 Hz Operating Wavelength 1200 1610nm Optical Input Range +20 dBm Optical Insertion Loss 2.0 dB Optical Trip Threshold/Meter Range
-35 - +20 dBm Optical Switch Speed 15ms
-50dB Backreflection Tolerance Environmental and Physical Characteristics Optical Connectors FC/APC Operating Temp. Range +10 to +40C
-40 to +80 C Storage Temp. Range Humidity 5 to 90 % RHNC Weight 2.2 kg (6 lbs) Dimensions 483 x 361 x 44mm (19.0 x 14.2 x 1.72 in.) 11.4.7. F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) F/O Link Subsystem (98-800001) is an O.E.M. sourced Optical Tranceiver package containing discreet TX and RX modules and supplied as a 1U rack mount tray Parameter Specification Optical Output Power 4 mW Wavelength, peak 1310 1550 nm Frequency Response, 50 to 2.2 GHz 1.5 dB Input and Output VSWR 1.5:1 Link Gain (2) 0 dB Output Noise Floor (1)
-137 dBm/Hz Input 3rd Order Intercept (1) 30 dBm Operating Temperature 30 to +75C Storage Temperature 40 to +85C Maximum RF Input to Transmitter +20 dBm Maximum Optical Input to Receiver 6 mW A.C. Supply Voltage 90 265 VAC Dimensions 483 x 457 x 44mm (19.0 x 18 x 1.72 in.)
(1) SFDR, Noise and IP3 specified with 5 dB optical loss.
(2) Link Gain specified with 1 meter fiber. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 210 of 500 12. WESTLAKE STATION LINE AMPLIFIER (80-330553) rack number C03-CR-06 Westlake Station Line Amplifier (80-330553) list of major components Section Component Component Part Description 800MHz LINE AMP + FILTERS (INT AMP) 700MHz LINE AMP + FILTERS (INT AMP) Part 12.4.1. 55-165703 12.4.2. 55-165704 12.4.3. 55-165707 WESTLAKE ST. SPLITTER Qty. Per Assembly 2 2 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 211 of 500 12.1. Westlake Station Line Amplifier (80-330553) rack elevation drawing number 80-330553 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 212 of 500 12.2. Westlake Station Line Amplifier (80-330553) system diagram drawing number 80-330583 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 213 of 500 12.3. Westlake Station Line Amplifier (80-330553) alarm wiring diagram drawing number 80-330523 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 214 of 500 12.4. Westlake Station Line Amplifier (80-330553) Sub Components 12.4.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description 12.4.1.3. 12.4.1.4. 12.4.1.5. 12.4.1.6. 12.4.1.7. 12.4.1.8. 12.4.1.9. Part Bandpass Filter 02-007206 07-015105 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler 10-000901 11-006702 12-018002 12-021901 17-001109* AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) 17-001117* AGC Detector Assembly 17-001201* AGC Attenuator Assembly Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Power Amplifier (20W 800MHz ) Low Power Amplifier 12.4.1.10. 20-001601 12.4.1.11. 80-008901 12.4.1.12. 94-100004 Dual Diode Assembly 12.4.1.13. 96-200047 DC/DC Converter 12.4.1.14. 96-300052 12V (Dual) Relay Board 12V (Single) Relay Board 12V Switch-Mode PSU Qty. Per Assembly 4 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 215 of 500 12.4.1.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) Outline Drawing Drawing number 55-1657103 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 216 of 500 12.4.1.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165783 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 217 of 500 12.4.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 12.4.1.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 218 of 500 12.4.1.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weigh 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 12.4.1.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 1000MHz Bandwidth: <200MHz Gain: 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point: 20dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/Output return loss: >18dB Noise figure: 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption: 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range:
Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 290gms (approximately) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 219 of 500 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12.4.1.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 220 of 500 Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 12.4.1.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 221 of 500 Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 12.4.1.9. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 222 of 500 The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 12.4.1.10. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with two dual pole change-over relays with completely isolated wiring, accessed via screw terminals. Both relays are provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 20-001601 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage: 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold: Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current: 1.0Amp Max. switch volts: 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power: 24W/60VA Min. switch load: 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation: 1.5kV Mechanical life: >2x107 operations Relay approval: BT type 56 Connector details: Screw terminals
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C operational:
storage:
Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 223 of 500 12.4.1.11. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational Temperature range 12.4.1.12. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs . They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 224 of 500 12.4.1.13. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC 12.4.1.14. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC
(absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 225 of 500 12.4.2 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) Description of 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description 12.4.2.3. 12.4.2.4. 12.4.2.5. 12.4.2.6. 12.4.2.7. 12.4.2.8. 12.4.2.9. Part Bandpass Filter Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Power Amplifier (20W 800MHz ) Low Power Amplifier 02-007206 07-015105 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler 10-000901 11-006702 12-018002 12-021901 17-001109* AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) 17-001117* AGC Detector Assembly 17-001201* AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V (Single) Relay Board 12.4.2.10. 80-008901 12.4.2.11. 94-100004 Dual Diode Assembly 12.4.2.12. 96-200047 DC/DC Converter 12.4.2.13. 96-300052 12V Switch-Mode PSU Qty. Per Assembly 4 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 226 of 500 12.4.2.1. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) Outline Drawing Drawing number 55-1657104 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 227 of 500 12.4.2.2. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165784 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 228 of 500 12.4.2.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 12.4.2.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 229 of 500 12.4.2.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weigh 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 12.4.2.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 1000MHz Bandwidth: <200MHz Gain: 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point: 20dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/Output return loss: >18dB Noise figure: 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption: 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range:
Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 290gms (approximately) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 230 of 500 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12.4.2.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. Technical Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 231 of 500 Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 12.4.2.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 232 of 500 Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 12.4.2.9. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 233 of 500 The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling Temperature operation -10C to +60C range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 12.4.2.10. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 234 of 500 12.4.2.11. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs . They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. 12.4.2.12. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC 12.4.2.13. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC
(absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 235 of 500 12.4.3. Westlake Station. Splitter (55-165707) 2U rack mount chassis Westlake Station. Splitter (55-165707) list of major components Section Component Component Part Description Part 07-015102 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler 12.4.3.3. Qty. Per Assembly 5 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 236 of 500 12.4.3.1. Westlake Station. Splitter (55-165707) outline drawing Drawing number 55-1657107 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 237 of 500 12.4.3.2. Westlake Station. Splitter (55-165707) system diagram Drawing number 55-165787 12.4.3.3. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 10dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015102 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 800 - 2500 MHz Coupling Value 10 dB 1.0 dB Main Line Insertion Loss <1.6 dB VSWR 1.4:1 Directivity >18 dB Power Rating 200 Watts RF Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 238 of 500 13 ATTENUATOR SHELF (ITAC) 1 (55-165506) Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 1 (55-165506) list of major components Section Component Component Part Description 900MHz Splitter/Combiner 4 Port Hybrid Coupler Dummy load Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB 25W 2.5GHz 60dB ATTENUATOR N M/F Qty. Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 Part 13.3.1. 05-002602 13.3.2. 05-003007 13.3.3. 09-000902 13.3.4. 10-000901 13.3.5. 10-002960 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 239 of 500 13.1. Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 1 (55-165506) outline drawing Drawing number 55-1655106 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 240 of 500 13.2 Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 1 (55-165506) system diagram Drawing number 55-165586 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 241 of 500 13.3. Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 1 (55-165506) major components 13.3.1. 900MHz Splitter/Combiner (05-002602) The Splitter/Combiner used is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Being passive devices, the splitters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a unit be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the whole module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. 05-002602 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range Bandwidth Narrowband 815 960MHz Broadband 800 1200MHz Narrowband 145MHz Broadband 400MHz Input ports 1 Output ports 2 Narrowband 3.3dB Broadband 3.5dB Return loss input & output 1.3:1 Impedance 50 Narrowband >20dB Broadband >18dB Isolation Insertion loss Power rating MTFB >180,000 hours Splitting 20Watts Combining 0.5Watt Connectors SMA female Weight 200g (approximately) Size 54 x 44 x 21mm 13.3.2. 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) This transmitter hybrid coupler is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. In this specific instance one port of 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) is terminated with Dummy load 09-000902 (see below). 05-003007 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 700-900MHz Insertion loss 6.5dB (in band, typical) Bandwidth 200MHz Rejection >14dB Connectors SMA Weight <1.0kg Temperature range operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 242 of 500 13.3.3. Dummy load (09-000902) When a combiner system is used to split or combine RF signals, in many cases it is most cost effective to use a standard stock item 4, 6 or 8 port device where, in fact, only a 3 or 6 port device is needed. In this case 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) has one of its ports terminated with Dummy load (09-000902) in order to preserve the correct impedance of the device over the specified frequency range. 09-000902 specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 0 - 2500 MHz Power Rating 25 Watts continuous VSWR Better than 1.1:1 Impedance 50 Ohms Temperature Range -20 to +60C RF Connectors N Type female Dimension 110.3mm x 38.1mm x Weight 485 grams Finish Black Anodised RF Connector N Type male Environmental IP66 MTBF >180,000 hours 13.3.4. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weight 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 243 of 500 13.3.5. Attenuator 25W, 60dB (10-002960) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. Attenuator 25W, 60dB (10-002960) is a fixed attenuator providing 60dB of signal attenuation. 10-002960 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range DC to 2.5GHz Power Handling 25 W Attenuation 60 dB Attenuation Accuracy 0.5dB Return Loss to 2.2GHz 18dB Nominal Impedance 50 RF Conectors N male to N female Finish Matt Black Anodise Temperature range operational
-20C to +55C storage -20C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 244 of 500 14 ATTENUATOR SHELF (ITAC) 2 (55-165506) Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 2 (55-165506) list of major components Section Component Component Part Description Part 05-002602 05-003007 09-000902 10-000901 10-002960 900MHz Splitter/Combiner 4 Port Hybrid Coupler Dummy load Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Attenuator 25W, 60dB 13.3.1. 13.3.2. 13.3.3. 13.3.4. 13.3.5. Qty. Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 245 of 500 14.1. Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 2 (55-165506) outline drawing Drawing number 55-1655106 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 246 of 500 14.2 Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 2 (55-165506) system diagram Drawing number 55-165586 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 247 of 500 14.3. Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 2 (55-165506) major components 14.3.1. 900MHz Splitter/Combiner (05-002602) The Splitter/Combiner used is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Being passive devices, the splitters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a unit be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the whole module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. 05-002602 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range Bandwidth Narrowband 815 960MHz Broadband 800 1200MHz Narrowband 145MHz Broadband 400MHz Input ports 1 Output ports 2 Narrowband 3.3dB Broadband 3.5dB Return loss input & output 1.3:1 Impedance 50 Narrowband >20dB Broadband >18dB Isolation Insertion loss Power rating MTFB >180,000 hours Splitting 20Watts Combining 0.5Watt Connectors SMA female Weight 200g (approximately) Size 54 x 44 x 21mm 14.3.2. 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) This transmitter hybrid coupler is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. In this specific instance one port of 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) is terminated with Dummy load 09-000902 (see below). 05-003007 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 700-900MHz Insertion loss: 6.5dB (in band, typical) Bandwidth: 200MHz Rejection: >14dB Connectors: SMA Weight: <1.0kg Temperature range:
operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 248 of 500 14.3.3. Dummy load 09-000902 When a combiner system is used to split or combine RF signals, in many cases it is most cost effective to use a standard stock item 4, 6 or 8 port device where, in fact, only a 3 or 6 port device is needed. In this case 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) has one of its ports terminated with Dummy load (09-000902) in order to preserve the correct impedance of the device over the specified frequency range. 09-000902 specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 0 - 2500 MHz Power Rating 25 Watts continuous VSWR Better than 1.1:1 Impedance 50 Ohms Temperature Range -20 to +60C RF Connectors N Type female Dimension 110.3mm x 38.1mm x Weight 485 grams Finish Black Anodised RF Connector N Type male Environmental IP66 MTBF >180,000 hours 14.3.4. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weight 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 249 of 500 14.3.5. Attenuator 25W, 60dB (10-002960) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. Attenuator 25W, 60dB (10-002960) is a fixed attenuator providing 60dB of signal attenuation. 10-002960 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range DC to 2.5GHz Power Handling 25 W Attenuation 60 dB Attenuation Accuracy 0.5dB Return Loss to 2.2GHz 18dB Nominal Impedance 50 RF Conectors N male to N female Finish Matt Black Anodise Temperature range operational
-20C to +55C storage -20C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 250 of 500
1 | manual 3 of 5 | Users Manual | 4.97 MiB | July 07 2008 |
14.3.5. Attenuator 25W, 60dB (10-002960) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. Attenuator 25W, 60dB (10-002960) is a fixed attenuator providing 60dB of signal attenuation. 10-002960 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range DC to 2.5GHz Power Handling 25 W Attenuation 60 dB Attenuation Accuracy 0.5dB Return Loss to 2.2GHz 18dB Nominal Impedance 50 RF Conectors N male to N female Finish Matt Black Anodise Temperature range operational
-20C to +55C storage -20C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 250 of 500 15 ATTENUATOR SHELF (ITAC) 3 (55-165506) Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 3 (55-165506) list of major components Section Component Component Part Description Part 05-002602 05-003007 09-000902 10-000901 10-002960 900MHz Splitter/Combiner 4 Port Hybrid Coupler Dummy load Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Attenuator 25W, 60dB 15.3.1. 15.3.2. 15.3.3. 15.3.4. 15.3.5. Qty. Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 251 of 500 15.1. Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 3 (55-165506) outline drawing Drawing number 55-1655106 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 252 of 500 15.2 Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 3 (55-165506) system diagram Drawing number 55-165586 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 253 of 500 15.3. Attenuator Shelf (ITAC) 3 (55-165506) major components 15.3.1. 900MHz Splitter/Combiner (05-002602) The Splitter/Combiner used is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Being passive devices, the splitters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a unit be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the whole module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. 05-002602 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range Bandwidth Narrowband 815 960MHz Broadband 800 1200MHz Narrowband 145MHz Broadband 400MHz Input ports 1 Output ports 2 Narrowband 3.3dB Broadband 3.5dB Return loss input & output 1.3:1 Impedance 50 Narrowband >20dB Broadband >18dB Isolation Insertion loss Power rating MTFB >180,000 hours Splitting 20Watts Combining 0.5Watt Connectors SMA female Weight 200g (approximately) Size 54 x 44 x 21mm 15.3.2. 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) This transmitter hybrid coupler is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. In this specific instance one port of 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) is terminated with Dummy load 09-000902 (see below). 05-003007 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 700-900MHz Insertion loss: 6.5dB (in band, typical) Bandwidth: 200MHz Rejection: >14dB Connectors: SMA Weight: <1.0kg Temperature range:
operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 254 of 500 15.3.3. Dummy Load (09-000902) When a combiner system is used to split or combine RF signals, in many cases it is most cost effective to use a standard stock item 4, 6 or 8 port device where, in fact, only a 3 or 6 port device is needed. In this case 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) has one of its ports terminated with Dummy load (09-000902) in order to preserve the correct impedance of the device over the specified frequency range. 09-000902 specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 0 - 2500 MHz Power Rating 25 Watts continuous VSWR Better than 1.1:1 Impedance 50 Ohms Temperature Range -20 to +60C RF Connectors N Type female Dimension 110.3mm x 38.1mm x Weight 485 grams Finish Black Anodised RF Connector N Type male Environmental IP66 MTBF >180,000 hours 15.3.4. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weight 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 255 of 500 15.3.5. Attenuator 25W, 60dB (10-002960) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. Attenuator 25W, 60dB (10-002960) is a fixed attenuator providing 60dB of signal attenuation. 10-002960 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range DC to 2.5GHz Power Handling 25 W Attenuation 60 dB Attenuation Accuracy 0.5dB Return Loss to 2.2GHz 18dB Nominal Impedance 50 RF Conectors N male to N female Finish Matt Black Anodise Temperature range operational
-20C to +55C storage -20C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 256 of 500 16. CONVENTION PLACE STATION LINE AMPLIFIER (80-330556) C01-CR-05 Description of Convention Place Station Line Amp. (80-330556) From the top of the rack 55-165709 55-165703 55-165704 Convention Place Station Line Amp. (80-330556) list of major components Section Component Component Part Description Part 55-165703 55-165704 55-165709 800MHz Line Amplifier 700MHz LINE AMP + FILTERS (INT AMP) Convention Place Station Splitter Qty. Per Assembly 1 1 1 16.3.1. 16.3.2. 16.3.3. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 257 of 500 16.1. Convention Place Station Line Amp. (80-330556) Rack elevation Drawing number 80-330556 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 258 of 500 16.2. Convention Place Station Line Amp. (80-330556) System diagram Drawing number 80-330586 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 259 of 500 16.3. Convention Place Station Line Amp. (80-330556) Alarm wiring diagram Drawing number 80-330526 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 260 of 500 16.4 Convention Place Station Line Amp. (80-330556) Sub Components 16.4.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) List of Major Components 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description 16.4.1.3. 16.4.1.4. 16.4.1.5. 16.4.1.6. 16.4.1.7. 16.4.1.8. 16.4.1.9. 16.4.1.10. 16.4.1.11. 16.4.1.12. 16.4.1.13. 16.4.1.14. Part 02-007206 07-015105 10-000901 11-006702 12-018002 12-021901 17-001109*
17-001117*
17-001201*
20-001601 80-008901 94-100004 96-200047 96-300052 Bandpass Filter Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Power Amplifier (20W 800MHz ) Low Power Amplifier AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V (Dual) Relay Board 12V (Single) Relay Board Dual Diode Assembly DC/DC Converter 12V Switch-Mode PSU Qty. Per Assembly 4 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 261 of 500 16.4.1.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) Outline Drawing Drawing number 55-1657103 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 262 of 500 16.4.1.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165783 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 263 of 500 16.4.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 16.4.1.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 264 of 500 16.4.1.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weigh 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 16.4.1.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 1000MHz Bandwidth: <200MHz Gain: 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point: 20dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/Output return loss: >18dB Noise figure: 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption: 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range:
Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 290gms (approximately) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 265 of 500 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 16.4.1.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 266 of 500 Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 16.4.1.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 267 of 500 Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 16.4.1.9. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 268 of 500 The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 16.4.1.10. 12V (Dual) Relay Board (20-001601) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with two dual pole change-over relays with completely isolated wiring, accessed via screw terminals. Both relays are provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 20-001601 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage: 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold: Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current: 1.0Amp Max. switch volts: 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power: 24W/60VA Min. switch load: 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation: 1.5kV Mechanical life: >2x107 operations Relay approval: BT type 56 Connector details: Screw terminals
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C operational:
storage:
Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 269 of 500 16.4.1.11. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational Temperature range 16.4.1.12. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs . They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 270 of 500 16.4.1.13. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC 16.4.1.14. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC
(absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 271 of 500 16.4.2 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) Description of 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description Part 16.4.2.3. 16.4.2.4. 16.4.2.5. 16.4.2.6. 16.4.2.7. 16.4.2.8. 16.4.2.9. 02-007206 07-015105 10-000901 11-006702 12-018002 12-021901 17-001109*
17-001117*
17-001201*
16.4.2.10. 80-008901 16.4.2.11. 94-100004 16.4.2.12. 96-200047 16.4.2.13. 96-300052 Bandpass Filter Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Power Amplifier (20W 800MHz ) Low Power Amplifier AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V (Single) Relay Board Dual Diode Assembly DC/DC Converter 12V Switch-Mode PSU Qty. Per Assembly 4 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 272 of 500 16.4.2.1. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) Outline Drawing Drawing number 55-1657104 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 273 of 500 16.4.2.2. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165784 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 274 of 500 16.4.2.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 16.4.2.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 275 of 500 16.4.2.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weigh 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 16.4.2.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800 1000MHz Bandwidth: <200MHz Gain: 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point: 20dBm OIP3: 33dBm Input/Output return loss: >18dB Noise figure: 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption: 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage: 10-24V DC Connectors: SMA female operational:
storage:
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range:
Size: 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight: 290gms (approximately) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 276 of 500 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 16.4.2.7. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. Technical Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 277 of 500 Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 16.4.2.8. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 278 of 500 Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 16.4.2.9. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165704) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 279 of 500 The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 16.4.2.10. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 280 of 500 16.4.2.11. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs . They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. 16.4.2.12. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC 16.3.2.13. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC
(absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 281 of 500 16.4.3. Convention Place Station Splitter (55-165709) 2U rack mount tray Convention Place Station Splitter (55-165709) major components Section Component Component Part Description 16.4.3.3. 16.4.3.4. Part 05-002602 07-015102 900MHz Splitter/Combiner Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Qty. Per Assembly 1 2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 282 of 500 16.4.3.1. Convention Place Station Splitter (55-165709) outline drawing Drawing number 55-1657109 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 283 of 500 16.4.3.2. Convention Place Station Splitter (55-165709) system diagram Drawing number 55-165789 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 284 of 500 16.4.3.3. 900MHz Splitter/Combiner (05-002602) The Splitter/Combiner used is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Being passive devices, the splitters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a unit be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the whole module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. 05-002602 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range:
Bandwidth:
Narrowband: 815 960MHz Broadband: 800 1200MHz Narrowband: 145MHz Broadband: 400MHz Input ports: 1 Output ports: 2 Narrowband: 3.3dB Broadband: 3.5dB Return loss input & output: 1.3:1 Impedance: 50 Narrowband: >20dB Broadband: >18dB Isolation:
Insertion loss:
Power rating:
MTFB: >180,000 hours Splitting: 20Watts Combining: 0.5Watt Connectors: SMA female Weight: 200g (approximately) Size: 54 x 44 x 21mm 16.4.3.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 10dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015102 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 800 - 2500 MHz Coupling Value 10 dB 1.0 dB Main Line Insertion Loss <1.6 dB VSWR 1.4:1 Directivity >18 dB Power Rating 200 Watts RF Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 285 of 500 INTERNATIONAL (NO NPSPAC) LINE AMPLIFIER (80-330557) 17. Rack C09-CR-06 International (no NPSPAC) Line Amp. (80-330557) list of major components Section Component Component Part Description Part 55-165705 55-165706 55-165710 800MHz Line Amplifier (NO NSP) 700MHz Line Amplifier (NO NSP) International Station Splitter Qty. Per Assembly 1 1 1 17.4.1. 17.4.2. 17.4.3. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 286 of 500 17.1. International (no NPSPAC) Line Amp. (80-330557) Rack elevation Drawing number 80-330557 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 287 of 500 17.2. International (no NPSPAC) Line Amp. (80-330557) System diagram Drawing number 80-330587 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 288 of 500 17.3. International (no NPSPAC) Line Amp. (80-330557) Alarm wiring diagram Drawing number 80-330527 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 289 of 500 17.4. International (no NPSPAC) Line Amp. (80-330557) major components 17.4.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165705) 800MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165705) List of Major Components section Component Component Part Description 17.4.1.3. 17.4.1.4. 17.4.1.5. 17.4.1.6. 17.4.1.7. 17.4.1.8. 17.4.1.9. 17.4.1.10. Part Bandpass Filter Bandpass Filter 02-007201 02-007206 07-015105 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler 10-000901 11-006702 12-018002 12-021901 17-001109* AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) 17-001117* AGC Detector Assembly 17-001201* AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V (Single) Relay Board Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Power Amplifier Low Power Amplifier 17.4.1.11. 80-008901 17.4.1.12. 94-100004 Dual Diode Assembly 17.4.1.13. 96-200047 DC/DC Converter 17.4.1.14. 96-300052 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) Qty. Per Assembly 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165705); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 290 of 500 17.4.1.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165705) Outline Drawing Drawing number 55-1657105 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 291 of 500 14.4.1.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165705) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165785 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 292 of 500 17.4.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-012701) The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of combline design and are carefully aligned during manufacture in order to optimise the insertion loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-012701 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 1805 1880 MHz *
Insertion loss <0.6 dB
>60 dB over 1710 1785 MHz Rejection >40 dB over 1905 2170 MHz Return loss > 20 dB Power handling 200W (CW) Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Size 227 x 95 x 60mm (case only)
* tuned to customers specification 17.4.1.4. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification to optimise in order insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 293 of 500 17.4.1.5. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range 17.4.1.6. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weigh 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 294 of 500 17.4.1.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800 1000MHz Bandwidth <200MHz Gain 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point 20dBm OIP3 33dBm Input/Output return loss >18dB Noise figure 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage 10-24V DC Connectors SMA female operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Size 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight 290gms (approximately) Temperature range:
Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 295 of 500 17.4.1.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 296 of 500 17.4.1.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 297 of 500 7.4.1.10. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165705); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 800MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165705) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-
001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 298 of 500 AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 17.4.1.11. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts:
Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 299 of 500 17.4.1.12. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs . They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. 17.4.1.13. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC 17.4.1.14. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC
(absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 300 of 500 17.4.2. 700MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165706) 700MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165706) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description 17.4.2.3. 17.4.2.4. 17.4.2.5. 17.4.2.6. 17.4.2.7. 17.4.2.8. 17.4.1.9. 17.4.2.10. 17.4.2.11. 17.4.2.12. 17.4.2.13. 17.4.2.14. Part Bandpass Filter Bandpass Filter 02-007201 02-007206 07-015105 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler 10-000901 11-006702 12-018002 12-021901 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 80-008901 94-100004 Dual Diode Assembly 96-200047 DC/DC Converter 96-300052 Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Power Amplifier Low Power Amplifier AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V (Single) Relay Board 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) Qty. Per Assembly 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 700MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165705); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 301 of 500 17.4.2.1. 700MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165706) Outline Drawing Drawing number 55-1657106 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 302 of 500 17.4.2.2. 700MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165706) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165786 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 303 of 500 17.4.2.3. Bandpass Filter (02-012701) The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of combline design and are carefully aligned during manufacture in order to optimise the insertion loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-012701 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 1805 1880 MHz *
Insertion loss <0.6 dB
>60 dB over 1710 1785 MHz Rejection >40 dB over 1905 2170 MHz Return loss > 20 dB Power handling 200W (CW) Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Size 227 x 95 x 60mm (case only)
* tuned to customers specification 17.4.2.4. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification to optimise in order insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 304 of 500 17.4.2.5. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range 17.4.2.6. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weigh 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 305 of 500 17.4.2.7. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800 1000MHz Bandwidth <200MHz Gain 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point 20dBm OIP3 33dBm Input/Output return loss >18dB Noise figure 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage 10-24V DC Connectors SMA female operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Size 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight 290gms (approximately) Temperature range:
Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 306 of 500 17.4.2.8. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range: 800-960MHz Small signal gain: 30dB Gain flatness: 1.2dB I/O Return loss: >18dB 1dB compression point: 42.8dBm OIP3: 56dBm Supply voltage: 24V DC Supply current: 5.0Amps (Typical) operational:
storage:
Weight: <2kg (no heatsink)
-10C to +60C
-20C to +70C Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 307 of 500 17.4.2.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 308 of 500 7.4.2.10. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 700MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165705); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 700MHz Line Amplifier (no NPSPAC) (55-165705) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-
001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 309 of 500 AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 17.4.2.11. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Temperature range Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 310 of 500 17.4.2.12. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs . They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. 17.4.2.13. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC 17.4.2.14. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC
(absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 311 of 500 17.4.3. International Station Splitter (55-165710) 2U Rack mount tray International Station Splitter (55-165710) List of major Components Section Component Component Part Description 900MHZ SPLITTER/COMBINER, 20W 4 WAY POWER SPLITTER 70/10/10/10 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Part 17.4.3.3. 05-002602 17.4.3.4. 05-009909 17.4.3.5. 07-015102 Qty. Per Assembly 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 312 of 500 17.4.3.1. International Station Splitter (55-165710) Outline drawing Drawing number 55-1657110 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 313 of 500 17.4.3.2. International Station Splitter (55-165710) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165790 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 314 of 500 17.4.3.3. 900MHz Splitter/Combiner (05-002602) The Splitter/Combiner used is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Being passive devices, the splitters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a unit be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the whole module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. 05-002602 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range Bandwidth Narrowband 815 960MHz Broadband 800 1200MHz Narrowband 145MHz Broadband 400MHz Input ports 1 Output ports 2 Narrowband 3.3dB Broadband 3.5dB Return loss input & output 1.3:1 Impedance 50 Narrowband >20dB Broadband >18dB Isolation Insertion loss Power rating MTFB >180,000 hours Splitting 20Watts Combining 0.5Watt Connectors SMA female Weight 200g (approximately) Size 54 x 44 x 21mm 17.4.3.4. 05-009909 BSB to provide spec ***///***
STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 315 of 500 17.4.3.5. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 10dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015102 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 800 - 2500 MHz Coupling Value 10 dB 1.0 dB Main Line Insertion Loss <1.6 dB VSWR 1.4:1 Directivity >18 dB Power Rating 200 Watts RF Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 316 of 500 UNIVERSITY STATION CROSS PASSAGE A (80-330590-1) 18. Wallmount case number C06-CR-01 University Station Cross Passage A (80-330590-1) Section Component Component Part Description Part 18.3.1. 07-015102 18.3.2. 12-018002 18.3.3. 55-165701 18.3.4. 55-165702 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Power Amplifier 800MHz Line Amplifier 700MHz Line Amplifier Qty Per Assembly 1 2 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 317 of 500 18.1. University Station Cross Passage A (80-330590-1) System Diagram Drawing number 80-330592-1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 318 of 500 18.2. University Station Cross Passage A (80-330590-1) Alarm Wiring Diagram Drawing Number 80-330530-1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 319 of 500 18.3. University Station Cross Passage A (80-330590-1) Major Sub Components 18.3.1. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 10dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015102 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 800 - 2500 MHz Coupling Value 10 dB 1.0 dB Main Line Insertion Loss <1.6 dB VSWR 1.4:1 Directivity >18 dB Power Rating 200 Watts RF Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 18.3.2. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz Small signal gain 30dB Gain flatness 1.2dB I/O Return loss >18dB 1dB compression point 42.8dBm Temperature range OIP3 56dBm Supply voltage 24V DC Supply current 5.0Amps (Typical) operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight <2kg (no heatsink) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 320 of 500 Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 321 of 500 18.3.3. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) 5U rack mount case 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description Part 18.3.3.3. 18.3.3.4. 18.3.3.5. 18.3.3.6. 18.3.3.7. 18.3.3.8. 18.3.3.9. 18.3.3.10. 18.3.3.11. 18.3.3.12. Bandpass Filter Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Low Power Amplifier 02-007206 07-015105 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler 10-000901 11-006702 12-021901 17-001109* AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) 17-001117* AGC Detector Assembly 17-001201* AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V (Single) Relay Board 80-008901 94-100004 Dual Diode Assembly DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-300052 12V Switch-Mode PSU Qty Per Assembly 4 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the down link STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 322 of 500 18.3.3.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) Outline Drawing Drawing number 55-1657101 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 323 of 500 18.3.3.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165781 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 324 of 500 18.3.3.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 18.3.3.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 325 of 500 18.3.3.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weigh 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 18.3.3.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800 1000MHz Bandwidth <200MHz Gain 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point 20dBm OIP3 33dBm Input/Output return loss >18dB Noise figure 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage 10-24V DC Connectors SMA female operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Size 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight 290gms (approximately) Temperature range:
STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 326 of 500 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 18.3.3.7. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 327 of 500 Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 18.3.3.8. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 328 of 500 Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 18.3.3.9. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 329 of 500 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Temperature range Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational 18.3.3.10. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs. They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. 18.3.3.11. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 330 of 500 18.3.3.12. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC (absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 331 of 500 18.3.4. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) 5U rack mount case 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description Part Bandpass Filter 18.3.4.3. 18.3.4.4. 18.3.4.5. 18.3.4.6. 18.3.4.7. 18.3.4.8. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Low Power Amplifier 02-007206 07-015105 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler 10-000901 11-006702 12-021901 17-001109* AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) 17-001117* AGC Detector Assembly 17-001201* AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V (Single) Relay Board 18.3.4.9. 80-008901 18.3.4.0. 94-100004 Dual Diode Assembly DC/DC Converter 18.3.4.11. 96-200047 18.3.4.12. 96-300052 12V Switch-Mode PSU Qty Per Assembly 4 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the down link STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 332 of 500 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) Outline Drawing 18.3.4.1. Drawing Number 55-1657102 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 333 of 500 18.3.4.2. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) System Diagram Drawing Number 55-165782 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 334 of 500 18.3.4.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 18.3.4.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 335 of 500 18.3.4.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weigh 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 18.3.4.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800 1000MHz Bandwidth <200MHz Gain 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point 20dBm OIP3 33dBm Input/Output return loss >18dB Noise figure 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage 10-24V DC Connectors SMA female operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Size 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight 290gms (approximately) Temperature range:
STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 336 of 500 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 18.3.4.7. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 337 of 500 Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 18.3.4.8. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 338 of 500 Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 18.3.4.9. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 339 of 500 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Temperature range Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational 18.3.4.10. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs. They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. 18.3.4.11. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 340 of 500 18.3.4.12. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC (absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 341 of 500 UNIVERSITY STATION CROSS PASSAGE B (80-330590-2) 19. Wallmount case number C06-CR-02 University Station Cross Passage B (80-330590-2) Section Component Component Part Description Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Power Amplifier 800MHz Line Amplifier 700MHz Line Amplifier Qty Per Assembly 1 2 1 1 Part 19.3.1. 07-015102 19.3.2. 12-018002 19.3.3. 55-165701 19.3.4. 55-165702 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 342 of 500 19.1. University Station Cross Passage B (80-330590-2) System Diagram Drawing number 80-330592-2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 343 of 500 19.2. University Station Cross Passage B (80-330590-2) Alarm Wiring Diagram Drawing Number 80-330530-2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 344 of 500 19.3. University Station Cross Passage B (80-330590-2) Major Sub Components 19.3.1. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015102) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 10dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015102 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 800 - 2500 MHz Coupling Value 10 dB 1.0 dB Main Line Insertion Loss <1.6 dB VSWR 1.4:1 Directivity >18 dB Power Rating 200 Watts RF Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 19.3.2. Power Amplifier (12-018002) This amplifier is a Class A 20W power amplifier from 800-960MHz in a 1 stage balanced configuration. It demonstrates a very high linearity and a very good input/output return loss (RL). It has built in a Current Fault Alarm Function. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-018002 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz Small signal gain 30dB Gain flatness 1.2dB I/O Return loss >18dB 1dB compression point 42.8dBm Temperature range OIP3 56dBm Supply voltage 24V DC Supply current 5.0Amps (Typical) operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight <2kg (no heatsink) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 345 of 500 Power Amplifier (12-018002) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 346 of 500 19.3.3. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) 5U rack mount case 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description 19.3.3.3. 19.3.3.4. 19.3.3.5. 19.3.3.6. 19.3.3.7. 19.3.3.8. Part 02-007206 07-015105 10-000901 11-006702 12-021901 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 80-008901 94-100004 96-200047 96-300052 Bandpass Filter Wideband Asymmetric Coupler Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Low Power Amplifier AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V (Single) Relay Board Dual Diode Assembly DC/DC Converter 12V Switch-Mode PSU 19.3.3.9. 19.3.3.10. 19.3.3.11. 19.3.3.12.
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the down link Qty Per Assembly 4 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 347 of 500 19.3.3.1. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) Outline Drawing Drawing number 55-1657101 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 348 of 500 19.3.3.2. 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) System Diagram Drawing number 55-165781 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 349 of 500 19.3.3.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 19.3.3.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 350 of 500 19.3.3.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weigh 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 19.3.3.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800 1000MHz Bandwidth <200MHz Gain 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point 20dBm OIP3 33dBm Input/Output return loss >18dB Noise figure 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage 10-24V DC Connectors SMA female operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Size 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight 290gms (approximately) Temperature range:
STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 351 of 500 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 19.3.3.7. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 352 of 500 Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 19.3.3.8. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165701) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 353 of 500 Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 19.3.3.9. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 354 of 500 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Temperature range Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational 19.3.3.10. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs. They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. 19.3.3.11. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 355 of 500 19.3.3.12. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC (absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 356 of 500 19.3.4. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) 5U rack mount case 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description 19.3.4.3. 19.3.4.4. 19.3.4.5. 19.3.4.6. 19.3.4.7. 19.3.4.8. 19.3.4.9. 19.3.4.10. 19.3.4.11. 19.3.4.12. Part 02-007206 07-015105 10-000901 11-006702 12-021901 17-001109*
17-001117*
17-001201*
80-008901 94-100004 96-200047 96-300052 900MHZ 8POLE 25MHz+ B/W "SMA"
ASYMMETRIC CPLR 30dB 800-2500MHz GA SW ATT 0-15dB 0.25W SMA F 800-1000MHz LNA 29dB (cw RELAY) KIT Low Power Amplifier AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 12V RELAY PCB ASSEMBLY STPS12045TV 60A DUAL DIODE DC/DC Converter JWS150-12/A PSU (COUTANT LAMBDA) Qty Per Assembly 4 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
*The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 357 of 500 19.3.4.1. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) Outline Drawing Drawing Number 55-1657102 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 358 of 500 19.3.4.2. 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) System Diagram Drawing Number 55-165782 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 359 of 500 19.3.4.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 19.3.4.4. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 360 of 500 19.3.4.5. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weigh 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 19.3.4.6. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800 1000MHz Bandwidth <200MHz Gain 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point 20dBm OIP3 33dBm Input/Output return loss >18dB Noise figure 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage 10-24V DC Connectors SMA female operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Size 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight 290gms (approximately) Temperature range:
STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 361 of 500 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 19.3.4.7. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 362 of 500 Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 19.3.4.8. Automatic Gain Control AGC Detector Assembly (Logarithmic) AGC Detector Assembly AGC Attenuator Assembly 17-001109 17-001117 17-001201 The sub components 17-001109, 17-001117 & 17-001201 are parts of the Automatic Gain Control
(AGC) system used in 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702); 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink 700MHz Line Amplifier (55-165702) is fitted with two differing types of Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system, one linear, and one logarithmic. The AGC with logarithmic detector (17-001117) is fitted in the uplink path and the AGC with linear detector (17-001109) is fitted in the downlink path The AFL Automatic Gain Control system consists of two units, a detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. 17-001117 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the uplink and 17-001109 and 17-001201 are paired for use in the downlink The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated detector controller board. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 363 of 500 Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. AGC Specification (both types) PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range up to 1000MHz Attenuation range 3 to 30dB Attenuation steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female detector/amp >30W (or as required) attenuator 1W Power handling operation -10C to +60C Temperature range storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90grams detector/amp 100grams 19.3.4.9. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 364 of 500 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Temperature range Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational 19.3.4.10. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs. They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. 19.3.4.11. DC/DC Converter 96-200047 96-200047 is an O.E.M. high power device with a wide input range and 12.5 amp @ 12V (150Watts) output capability used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 12V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 96-200047 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION DC Input Voltage range 19 to 36V DC Output voltage 12V 1%
Max. current load 12.5Amps Temperature range Operation -10C to +60C Storage -20C to +85C Working Humidity 20 to 90% RHNC STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 365 of 500 19.3.4.12. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. All the PSUs used in AFL Cell Enhancers are capable of operation from either 110 or 220V nominal AC supplies. The line voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC (absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 366 of 500 20 CONVENTION PLACE STATION 700MHZ BDA (80-330554-1) Rack number CR1-CR-06 Convention Place Station 700MHz BDA (80-330554-1) List of major Components Section Component Component Part Description 700MHz Output Duplexer/Combiner 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System 700MHz 4 Cavity Combiner System Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 Part 20.3.1. 50-132103 20.3.2. 50-132105 20.3.3. 50-132106 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 367 of 500 20.1 Convention Place Station 700MHz BDA (80-330554-1) Outline Drawing Drawing number 80-330554 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 368 of 500 20.2. Convention Place Station 700MHz BDA (80-330554-1) System Diagram Drawing number 80-330584-1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 369 of 500 20.3 Convention Place Station 700MHz BDA (80-330554-1) Major Components 20.3.1. 700MHz Output Duplexer/Combiner (50-132103) 3U rack mount tray 700MHz Output Duplexer/Combiner (50-132103) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description Part 20.3.1.3. 02-007206 20.3.1.4. 05-003007 20.3.1.5. 07-015105 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler 20.3.1.6. 09-000902 Dummy Load Bandpass Filter 4 Port Hybrid Coupler Qty Per Assembly 2 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 370 of 500 20.3.1.1. 700MHz Output Duplexer/Combiner (50-132103) outline drawing Drawing number 50-1321103 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 371 of 500 20.3.1.2. 700MHz Output Duplexer/Combiner (50-132103) system diagram Drawing number 50-132183 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 372 of 500 20.3.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 20.3.1.4. 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) This transmitter hybrid coupler is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. In this specific instance one port of 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) is terminated with Dummy Load 09-000902 (see below). 05-003007 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 700-900MHz Insertion loss 6.5dB (in band, typical) Bandwidth 200MHz Rejection >14dB Connectors SMA Weight <1.0kg Temperature range operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 373 of 500 20.3.1.5. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range 20.3.1.6. Dummy Load 09-000902 When a combiner system is used to split or combine RF signals, in many cases it is most cost effective to use a standard stock item 4, 6 or 8 port device where, in fact, only a 3 or 6 port device is needed. In this case 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) has one of its ports terminated with an appropriate Dummy Load in order to preserve the correct impedance of the device over the specified frequency range. 09-000902 specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 0 - 2500 MHz Power Rating 25 Watts continuous VSWR Better than 1.1:1 Impedance 50 Ohms Temperature Range -20 to +60C RF Connectors N Type female Dimension 110.3mm x 38.1mm x Weight 485 grams Finish Black Anodised RF Connector N Type male Environmental IP66 MTBF >180,000 hours STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 374 of 500 20.3.2. 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132105) 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132105) consists of 5 Dielectric Cavity Resonators mounted on two 3U rack mount panels, three on one panel and two on the other 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132105) List of Major Components section Component Component Part Description Part 20.3.2.3. 04-003402 Dielectric Cavity Resonator Qty Per Assembly 5 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 375 of 500
1 | manual 4 of 5 | Users Manual | 2.35 MiB | July 07 2008 |
20.3.2. 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132105) 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132105) consists of 5 Dielectric Cavity Resonators mounted on two 3U rack mount panels, three on one panel and two on the other 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132105) List of Major Components section Component Component Part Description Part 20.3.2.3. 04-003402 Dielectric Cavity Resonator Qty Per Assembly 5 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 375 of 500 20.3.2.1. 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132105) Outline Drawing 5 A J T R O P 4 A J T R O P Drawing number 50-1321105 S G N X F 6 M R O F E L B A T U S S T O L S x 8 6 6 4 2 8 4 0 0 5 I I I
. 390 1 I 3 A J T R O P 2 A J T R O P 1 A J T R O P 4 7 3
) S E G D E
E C A F T N O R F
5 3 0 7 L A R D E T N A P I I I M U N M U L A
I S S S A H C
L E N A P T N O R F
L A R E T A M I I E T D R I I
L E N A P T N O R F
I H S N F I
L E N A P T N O R F S R O T C E N N O C T E K C O S E P Y T
N 5 0 1 2 3 1
0 5
R E B M U N T C U D O R P I I G N W A R D E N L T U O R E N B M O C Y T V A C H C 5 I I z H M 0 0 7 7 0
0 1
2 0 D G L P B P A A 5 0 1 1 2 3 1
0 5 3
1 7 0 0 2
0 1
8 1 7 0 0 2
0 1
8 1 L P E U S S I I L A N G R O I A A 190.50 265.9 6U 37.7 532.2 12U 190.50 265.9 6U 37.7 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 376 of 500 20.3.2.2. 700MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132105) System Diagram Drawing number 50-132185 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 377 of 500 20.3.2.3. Dielectric Cavity Resonator (04-003402) Cavity resonators are used in this system for their high Q factor response and power handling characteristics. Being finely tuned items, they can be prone to being de-tuned by mechanical shock or vibration therefore these units should be handled, stored and installed with care. Note that the cavities are coupled together using critical length harnesses. If any cable is to be changed the exact same length and type of cable should be used for replacement. 04-003402 Specification Specification Parameter Frequency Range 764 to 776 MHz *
Bandwidth 25 kHz Insertion Loss < 1.0 dB Return Loss > 15 dB (at both ports) Attenuation > 10 dB at Fc 1 MHz Power Handling (CW) 20W IP54 Environmental Size 124mm x 158mm x 157mm**
Weight 1.5 kg Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C
*Tuned to Customers specification
**Height is dependant upon position of tuning plunger STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 378 of 500 20.3.3. 700MHz 4 Cavity Combiner System (50-132106) 700MHz 4 Cavity Combiner System (50-132106) consists of 4 Dielectric Cavity Resonators mounted on two 3U rack mount panels, three on one panel and two on the other 700MHz 4 Cavity Combiner System (50-132106) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description Part 20.3.3.3. 04-003402 Dielectric Cavity Resonator Qty Per Assembly 4 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 379 of 500 20.3.3.1. 700MHz 4 Cavity Combiner System (50-132106) Outline Drawing D C B A I G N W A 1 I 2 A J T R O P 1 A J T R O P I I R D E N L T U O R E N B M O C Y T V A C 4 Z H M 0 0 7 I d e t i m L i e l t i T s e i t i l i c a F l d n a g n E l a i r e A 4 3 2 1 F E 3 A J 4 A J T R O P T R O P Drawing number 50-1321106 S G N X F 6 M R O F E L B A T U S S T O L S x 8 N O T C E J O R P E L G N A 6 6 4 2 8 4 D R H T 0 0 0 5 5 6 7 8 I I I
. I I
) S E G D E
E C A F T I I M U N M U L A T N O R F
I S S S A H C
L E N A P T N O R F
I E T D R I I
L E N A P T N O R F
I L A R E T A M I H S N F I E K C O S E P Y T 5 3 0 7 L A R D E T N A P N I
L E N A P T N O R F S R O T C E N N O C 6 0 1 2 3 1
0 5
R E B M U N T C U D O R P 190.50 265.9 6U 37.7 532.2 12U 190.50 265.9 6U 37.7 F E D C B A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 380 of 500 A2 A A 1 6 0 1 1 2 3 1
0 5 o N g n w a r D i r e m o t s u C 2 0 0 7 7 7 4 9 4 1 0 0 0 0 7 7 7 4 9 4 1 0
l e T
x a F 2 3 4 D T L I S E T I L I C A F L A R E A I F O I N G S E D I Y R A T E R P O R P A S I I S H T S I R E H T O Y I B N G S E D S H T I F O E S U R O N O T C U D O R P E R I I I G N T R W N I I D E S R O H T U A Y L S S E R P X E F I Y L N O E L B A S S M R E P I D T L I S E T I L I C A F L A R E A Y B I 3
1 E L A C S m m 3
. 0
E C A L P L A M C E D E N O I m m 1
E C A L P L A M C E D O N I S E C N A R E L O T 7 0 0 2
0 1
6 2 7 0 0 2
0 1
6 2 7 0
0 1
6 1 e t a D D G d e v o r p p A L P n w a r D B P d e k c e h C 5 m m
1 I
S E C A L P L A M C E D O W T D E T A T S E S W R I m m N I E R A I S N O S N E M D L L A I E H T O S S E L N U 6 L P Y B 7 0
0 1
5 1 E T A D I I N O T P R C S E D E U S S I I L A N G R O I A A o N I N O S V E R I 7 8 20.3.3.2. 700MHz 4 Cavity Combiner System (50-132106) System Diagram Drawing number 50-132186 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 381 of 500 Dielectric Cavity Resonator (04-003402 20.3.3.3. Cavity resonators are used in this system for their high Q factor response and power handling characteristics. Being finely tuned items, they can be prone to being de-tuned by mechanical shock or vibration therefore these units should be handled, stored and installed with care. Note that the cavities are coupled together using critical length harnesses. If any cable is to be changed the exact same length and type of cable should be used for replacement. 04-003402 Specification Specification Parameter Frequency Range 764 to 776 MHz*
Bandwidth 25 kHz Insertion Loss < 1.0 dB Return Loss > 15 dB (at both ports) Attenuation > 10 dB at Fc 1 MHz Power Handling (CW) 20W IP54 Environmental Size 124mm x 158mm x 157mm**
Weight 1.5 kg Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C
*Tuned to Customers specification
**Height is dependant upon position of tuning plunger STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 382 of 500 21 CONVENTION PLACE STATION 700MHZ BDA (80-330554-2) Rack number CR1-CR-07 Convention Place Station 700MHz BDA (80-330554-2) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description 21.3.1. 21.3.2. Part 50-132102 50-132104 700MHZ CHANNELISED AMP 700MHZ UPLINK AMPLIFIER/ DUPLEXER Qty Per Assembly 9 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 383 of 500 21.1. Convention Place Station 700MHz BDA (80-330554-2) Outline Drawing Drawing number 80-330554 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 384 of 500 21.2. Convention Place Station 700MHz BDA (80-330554-2) System Diagram Drawing number 80-330584-2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 385 of 500 21.3. Convention Place Station 700MHz BDA (80-330554-2) Major Components 21.3.1. 700MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132102) 3U rack mount shelf 700MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132102) List of major Components Section Component Component Part Description 21.3.1.3. 21.3.1.4. 21.3.1.5. 21.3.1.6. 21.3.1.7. 21.3.1.8. 21.3.1.9. 21.3.1.10. 21.3.1.11. 21.3.1.12. 21.3.1.13. Part 09-000902 10-000901 11-006702 12-020804 13-003412 17-009127 17-011501 80-008902 93-910048 94-100004 96-300060 Dummy Load Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Power Amplifier DC/DC Converter Channel Selectivity Module Channel Control Module 24V Relay Board Dual Isolator Dual Diode Assembly PSU 24V Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 386 of 500 21.3.1.1. 700MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132102) Outline Drawing Drawing number 50-1321102 POWER ON ALARM STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 387 of 500 21.3.1.2. 700MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132102) System diagram Drawing number 50-132182 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 388 of 500 21.3.1.3. Dummy load 09-000902 Dual Isolator (770MHz) (93-910048) has one of its ports terminated with Dummy load 09-000902 in order to achieve the correct power rating to absorb the reflected power levels that can be reasonably expected within the system. 09-000902 specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 0 - 2500 MHz Power Rating 25 Watts continuous VSWR Better than 1.1:1 Impedance 50 Ohms Temperature Range -20 to +60C RF Connectors N Type female Dimension 110.3mm x 38.1mm x Weight 485 grams Finish Black Anodised RF Connector N Type male Environmental IP66 MTBF >180,000 hours 21.3.1.4. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weight 0.2kg Temperature range:
operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 389 of 500 21.3.1.5. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800 1000MHz Bandwidth <200MHz Gain 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point 20dBm OIP3 33dBm Input/Output return loss >18dB Noise figure 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage 10-24V DC Connectors SMA female operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Temperature range Size 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight 290gms (approximately) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 390 of 500 21.3.1.6 Power Amplifier (12-020804) This amplifier is a Class AB 40W power amplifier from 860MHz to 960MHz in balanced configuration. The amplifier demonstrates a very good input/output return loss (RL) and it has a built-in Current Fault Alarm Function. The unit housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. 12-020804 specification Specification Parameter Frequency Range 860 - 960MHz Gain 28.0 dB Gain Flatness 1.0dB p-p Max Gain vs. Temperature 2.5dB Max Input RL 15dB Min Output RL 15dB Min Output Power @ P1dB 46.0dBm Min DC Supply Voltage 24 0.5Vdc RF Input Power 25dBm DC Supply At P1dB 6000mA Max Current With no RF input (Iqc) 1700mA Max Temperature range
-40C to +70C storage -40C to +100C operational 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 A2 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 391 of 500 21.3.1.7. DC/DC Converter (13-003412) DC/DC Converter 13-003412 13-003412 is based upon an O.E.M. DC/DC Converter module with a wide input range and and is used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 24V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 13-003412 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 18 75V DC Output voltages 12V (typical) Output current 5.0A (Max) Temperature range operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C 21.3.1.8. Channel Selectivity Module (17-009127) Channel Selectivity Module (17-009127) is employed when requirement dictates that very narrow bandwidths (single operating channels), must be selected from within the operating passband. One channel selectivity module is required for each channel. The Channel Selectivity Module is an Up/Down frequency converter that mixes the incoming channel frequency with a synthesised local oscillator, so that it is down-converted to an Intermediate Frequency (IF) in the upper HF range. An eight pole crystal filter in the IF amplifier provides the required selectivity to define the operating passband of the Cell Enhancer to a single PMR channel. The same local oscillator then converts the selected IF signal back to the channel frequency. Selectivity is obtained from a fixed bandwidth block filter operating at an intermediate frequency (IF) in the low VHF range. This filter may be internal to the channel selectivity module (Crystal or SAW filter) or an externally mounted bandpass filter, (LC or Helical Resonator). Various IF bandwidths can therefore be accommodated. A synthesized Local Oscillator is employed in conjunction with high performance frequency mixers, to translate between the signal frequency and IF. The operating frequency of each channel selectivity module is set by the programming of channel selectivity module frequencies and is achieved digitally, via hard wired links, banks of DIP switches, or via an onboard RS232 control module, providing the ability to remotely set channel frequencies. Automatic Level Control (ALC) is provided within each channel selectivity module such that the output level is held constant for high level input signals. This feature prevents saturation of the output mixer and of the associated amplifiers. Alarms within the module inhibit the channel if the synthesised frequency is not locked. The synthesiser will not usually go out of lock unless a frequency far out of band is programmed. The channel selectivity module is extremely complex and, with the exception of channel frequency programming within the design bandwidth, it cannot be adjusted or repaired without extensive laboratory facilities and the necessary specialised personnel. If a fault is suspected with any channel selectivity module it should be tested by substitution and the complete, suspect module should then be returned to AFL for investigation. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 392 of 500 21.3.1.9. Channel Control Module (17-011501) The operating frequency for each channel in each repeater is programmed by 16 DIL (Dual In Line) switches. The programming switches are mounted in the Channel Control Module. The Channel Selectivity Modules are connected to the Channel Control Module via multi-way ribbon cables. Adjacent to the DIL switches for each channel is a toggle switch to turn on and off individual channels as required. A green LED indicates the power status of each channel. A red LED shows the alarm condition for each channel. An illuminated alarm LED indicates that the synthesiser has not achieved phase lock and that the module is disabled. There is a problem which requires investigation, often a frequency programmed outside the operating frequency range. The following information is necessary before attempting the programming procedure. 1. operating frequency 2. synthesiser channel spacing (step size) 3. synthesiser offset (IF) Programming Procedure Check that the required frequency falls within the operational frequency limits of the Cell Enhancer. For each channel required, subtract the synthesiser offset from the required operating frequency and record the resulting local oscillator frequency. Divide each local oscillator frequency by the channel spacing and check that the result is an integer
(i.e: no remainder). If the synthesiser division ratio is not an integer value, check the required operational frequency and repeat the calculation checking for mistakes. Convert the required local oscillator frequency to synthesiser programming switch state patterns according to the following table. Note: the frequency of the passband will dictate the switch steps used. Switch Functions Synthesiser offset added when switch in UP position 25kHz step size 12.5kHz step size Switch Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
+12.5kHz
+25kHz
+50kHz
+100kHz
+200kHz
+400kHz
+800kHz
+1.6MHz
+3.2MHz
+6.4MHz
+12.8MHz
+25.6MHz
+51.2MHz
+102.4MHz
+204.8MHz
+409.6MHz
+25kHz
+50kHz
+100kHz
+200kHz
+400kHz
+800kHz
+1.6MHz
+3.2MHz
+6.4MHz
+12.8MHz
+25.6MHz
+51.2MHz
+102.4MHz
+204.8MHz
+409.6MHz
+819.2MHz STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 393 of 500 Programming Example 12.5kHz
-21.4MHz Frequency required: 454.000MHz Channel spacing:
Synthesiser offset:
The Local Oscillator frequency is therefore:
Dividing the Local Oscillator frequency by the channel spacing of 0.0125MHz:
This is an integer value, therefore it is OK to proceed. 432.600 = 34608 0.0125 454.000 21.4 = 432.600MHz Local Oscillator Frequency 432.600 MHz Switch setting:
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 Switch settings 7 0 9 1 8 0 6 1 5 1 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 0 = switch DOWN (ON, frequency ignored ) 1 = switch UP (OFF, frequency added ) 17-011501 Controller Module DIP Switch Connector Data 17-011501 Controller Module DIP Switch Connector Data 25-way Connector IDC PIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Function Function
(25kHz steps)
(12.5kHz steps) Freq. bit 1 (25kHz) Freq. bit 1 (12.5kHz) Freq. bit 2 (50kHz) Freq. bit 2 (25kHz) Freq. bit 3 (100kHz) Freq. bit 3 (50kHz) Freq. bit 4 (200kHz) Freq. bit 4 (100kHz) Freq. bit 5 (400kHz) Freq. bit 5 (200kHz) Freq. bit 6 (800kHz) Freq. bit 6 (400kHz) Freq. bit 7 (1.6MHz) Freq. bit 7 (800kHz) Freq. bit 8 (3.2MHz) Freq. bit 8 (1.6MHz) Freq. bit 9 (6.4MHz) Freq. bit 9 (3.2MHz) Freq. bit 10 (12.8MHz) Freq. bit 10 (6.4MHz) Freq. bit 11 (25.6MHz) Freq. bit 11 (12.8MHz) Freq. bit 12 (51.2MHz) Freq. bit 12 (25.6MHz) Freq. bit 13 (102.4MHz) Freq. bit 13 (51.2MHz) Freq. bit 14 (102.4MHz) Freq. bit 14 (204.8MHz) Freq. bit 15 (204.8MHz) Freq. bit 15 (409.6MHz) Freq. bit 16 (409.6MHz) Freq. bit 16 (819.2MHz) Module alarm Gain bit 1 Gain bit 2 Gain bit 3 Gain bit 4
(5V 0V Switched 12V 0V
Module alarm Gain bit 1 Gain bit 2 Gain bit 3 Gain bit 4
(5V 0V Switched 12V 0V
13 25 12 24 11 23 10 22 9 21 8 20 7 19 6 18 5 17 4 16 3 15 2 14 1
STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 394 of 500 21.3.1.10. 24V Relay Board (80-008902) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single, dual pole, change-over relay RL1 with completely isolated wiring, accessed via screw terminals. The relay is provided with a polarity protection diode and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008902 Technical Specification Parameter Max. switch current 1.0Amp Specification Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Connector details 15-way 0.1" pitch Temperature range operational
-10C to +55C storage -40C to +70C 21.3.1.11. Dual Isolator (770MHz) (93-910048) The purpose of fitting an isolator to the output of a transmitter in a multi-transmitter environment is so that each output is afforded a degree of isolation from every other. Without the addition of Isolators, simultaneous transmissions could interfere to create intermodulation products and spurious transmissions would be created which would cause interference. Dual Isolator (93-910048) is a ferro-magnetic RF device, which has directional properties. In the forward direction, RF arriving at the input is passed to the output with minimal attenuation. In the reverse direction, RF arriving at the output due to reflected power from a badly matched load, or due to coupling with another transmitter, is routed into an RF load where it is absorbed. The isolator therefore functions to prevent reflected RF energy reaching the output port of an amplifier where it could cause intermodulation products or premature device failure. Dual Isolator (93-910048) is as its name suggests a two stage device, essentially two isolators in one casing. One isolator stage has an internal 10W load fitted, the second stage needs an external load fitted of sufficient rating to absorb the reflected power levels that can be reasonably expected within the system. In this instance Dual Isolator (93-910048) is fitted with external load 09-000902. 93-910048 Specification Parameter Frequency Range 760-780 MHz Specification Insertion Loss 0.4 dB max. Isolation 50 dB min. Return Loss 23 dB min. Power Handling 10W (internally fitted load) RF Connectors N female STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 395 of 500 21.3.1.12. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs . They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. 21.3.1.13. PSU 24V (96-300060) The power supply unit is a switched-mode type capable of supplying 24V DC at 6.25Amps continuously. Equipment of this type typically requires approximately 2-2.5Amps at 24V DC, so the PSU will be used conservatively ensuring a long operational lifetime. No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 24.5V. The output voltage may be varied using a multi-turn adjustment potentiometer mounted close to the DC output terminals. The line input voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300060 Specification AC Input Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 90 to 132 or 180 to 264V
(absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz DC Output Supply:
Voltage 22 to 26V (absolute limits) Current 6.25A 24V DC (nominal) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 396 of 500 21.3.2. 700MHz Uplink Amplifier/ Duplexer (50-132104) 3U 19 rack mount tray 700MHz Uplink Amplifier/ Duplexer (50-132104) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description Part 21.3.2.3. 21.3.2.4. 21.3.2.5. 21.3.2.6. 21.3.2.7. 21.3.2.8. 21.3.2.9. 21.3.2.10. 21.3.2.11. 21.3.2.12. 21.3.2.13. 21.3.2.14. 21.3.2.15. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Low Power Amplifier Bandpass Filter Four Way Splitter/Combiner 02-007206 05-003302 07-015105 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler 10-000701 10-000901 11-006702 12-021901 13-003412 DC/DC Converter AGC Detector Unit 17-001109 17-001201 AGC Attenuator Unit 80-007401 Dummy Load 80-008901 94-100004 Dual Diode Assembly 96-300052 12V Switch-Mode PSU 12V (Single) Relay Board Qty Per Assembly 2 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 397 of 500 21.3.2.1. 700MHz Uplink Amplifier/ Duplexer (50-132104) Outline Drawing Drawing number 50-1321104 POWER ON ALARM STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 398 of 500 21.3.2.2. 700MHz Uplink Amplifier/ Duplexer (50-132104) System Diagram Drawing number 50-132184 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 399 of 500 21.3.2.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 21.3.2.4. Four Way Splitter/Combiner (05-003302) The Splitter/Combiner used is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the VSWR and insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. Four Way Splitter (05-003302) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 700-980MHz Bandwidth 180MHz Rejection >14dB Insertion loss <7.0dB (in band) Connectors N type, female Weight <1.5kg Temperature range operational
-20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 400 of 500 21.3.2.5. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range 21.3.2.6. Switched Attenuator 0.25Watt, 0 - 30dB (10-000701) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. Switched Attenuator 10-000701 provides attenuation from 0 to 30dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000701 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Attenuation Values 0-30dB Attenuation Steps 2, 4, 8 and 16dB Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weight 0.2kg Temperature range operation storage
-20C to +60C
-40C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 401 of 500 21.3.2.7. Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB (10-000901) In many practical applications for Cell Enhancers etc., the gain in each path is found to be excessive. Therefore, provision is made within the unit for the setting of attenuation in each path, to reduce the gain. 10-000901 provides attenuation from 0 - 15dB in 2 dB steps The attenuation is simply set using the four miniature toggle switches on the top of each unit. Each switch is clearly marked with the attenuation it provides, and the total attenuation in line is the sum of the values switched in. They are designed to maintain an accurate 50 impedance over their operating frequency at both input and output. 10-000901 Specification PARAMETER Attenuation Values 0-15dB Attenuation Steps 1, 2, 4 and 8dB SPECIFICATION Power Handling 0.25 Watt Attenuation Accuracy 1.0 dB Frequency Range DC to 1GHz Impedance 50 Connectors SMA VSWR 1.3:1 Weigh 0.2kg Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C 21.3.2.8. Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) The Gallium-Arsenide low noise amplifiers used in 800MHz Line Amplifier (55-165703) are double stage, solid-state low noise amplifiers. Class A circuitry is used throughout the units to ensure excellent linearity and extremely low noise over a very wide dynamic range. The active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. There are no adjustments on these amplifiers, and in the unlikely event of a failure, then the complete amplifier should be replaced. This amplifier features its own in-built alarm system which gives a volt-free relay contact type alarm that is easily integrated into the main alarm system. 11-006702 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800 1000MHz Bandwidth <200MHz Gain 29dB (typical) 1dB Compression point 20dBm OIP3 33dBm Input/Output return loss >18dB Noise figure 1.3dB (typical) Power consumption 180mA @ 24V DC Supply voltage 10-24V DC Connectors SMA female operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Temperature range Size 90 x 55 x 30.2mm Weight 290gms (approximately) STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 402 of 500 Low Noise Amplifier (11-006702) D Connector Pin-out details Connector pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+Ve input (10-24V) Signal GND Alarm RelayO/P bad Alarm Relay common Alarm Relay good No connection TTL voltage set TTL alarm/0V (good) O/C good/0V bad 9-Way Pin-Out Graphical Representation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 21.3.2.9. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) The low power amplifier used is a triple stage solid-state low-noise amplifier. Class A circuitry is used in the unit to ensure excellent linearity over a very wide dynamic range. The three active devices are very moderately rated to provide a long trouble-free working life. Its housing is an aluminium case (Iridite NCP finish) with SMA connectors for the RF input/output and a D-Type connector for the power supply and the Current Fault Alarm Function. There are no adjustments on this amplifier, and in the unlikely event of failure then the entire amplifier should be replaced. Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 800-960MHz*
Bandwidth 20MHz *
Maximum RF output >1.0 Watt Gain 15dB 1dB compression point +30.5dBm 3rd order intercept point +43dBm Noise Figure <6dB VSWR better than 1.5:1 Connectors SMA female Supply 500mA @ 10-15V DC operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C Weight 0.5 kg Size 167x52x25mm Temperature range
* Tuned to Customers specification STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 403 of 500 Low Power Amplifier (12-021901) 7-Way Connector Pin-outs Connector Pin A1 (large pin) A2 (large pin) 1 2 3 4 5 Signal
+24V DC GND Alarm relay common TTL alarm/0V good Alarm relay contact (bad) Alarm relay contact (good) O/C good/0V bad (TTL) 7-Way Connector Graphical Representation A1 1 2 A2 3 4 5 21.3.2.10. DC/DC Converter 13-003412 13-003412 is based upon an O.E.M. DC/DC Converter module with a wide input range and and is used to derive a 12V fixed voltage power supply rail from a higher voltage supply, in this case 24V. In the event of failure this unit should not be repaired, only replaced. 13-003412 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 18 75V DC Output voltages 12V (typical) Output current 5.0A (Max) Temperature range operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 404 of 500 21.3.2.11. AGC System AGC Detector Unit (17-001109) AGC Attenuator Unit (17-001201) EQUIPMENT 700MHz Uplink Amplifier/ Duplexer (50-132104) is fitted with a wide dynamic range Automatic Gain Control (AGC) system. This is fitted in the Uplink path to avoid overloading the amplifiers (with the associated performance degradation) should a mobile be operated very close to the unit. two units, a The AFL wide dynamic range Automatic Gain Control system consists of detector/amplifier and an attenuator. The logarithmic detector/amplifier unit is inserted in the RF path on the output of the power amplifier, and the attenuator is situated in the RF path between the 1st and 2nd stages of amplification. Normally the attenuator is at minimum attenuation. The detector/amplifier unit monitors the RF level being delivered by the power amplifier, and when a certain threshold is reached it begins to increase the value of the attenuator to limit the RF output to the (factory set) threshold. Therefore overloading of the power amplifier is avoided. The factory set threshold is 1dB below the Enhancer 1dB compression point. Some adjustment of this AGC threshold level is possible, a 10dB range is mostly achieved. It is not recommended under any circumstances to adjust the AGC threshold to a level greater than the 1dB compression point as system degradation will occur. The detector comprises of a 50 transmission line with a resistive tap which samples a small portion of the mainline power. The sampled signal is amplified and fed to a conventional half wave diode rectifier, the output of which is a DC voltage proportional to the RF input signal. This DC voltage is passed via an inverting DC amplifier with integrating characteristics, to the output, which drives the attenuation control line of the corresponding AGC attenuator. This unit is fitted at some earlier point in the RF circuit. For small signals, below AGC onset, the output control line will be close to 12V and the AGC attenuator will have minimum attenuation. As the signal level increases the control line voltage will fall, increasing the attenuator value and keeping the system output level at a constant value. The AGC onset level is adjusted by the choice of sampler resistor R1 and by the setting of potentiometer VR1, (factory set at the time of system test) do not adjust unless able to monitor subsequent RF levels. The attenuator comprises a 50 P.I.N diode, voltage-variable attenuator with a range of 3 to 30dB. The attenuation is controlled by a DC voltage which is derived from the associated AGC detector unit. Wide Dynamic Range AGC Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range up to 1000MHz Attenuation Range 3 to 30dB Attenuation Steps continuously variable VSWR better than 1.2:1 RF Connectors SMA female attenuator 1W detector/amp >30W (or as required) Power Handling Temperature Range operation -10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C attenuator pcb 50 x 42 x 21mm Size detector/amp pcb 54 x 42 x 21mm Weight attenuator 90gm detector/amp 100gm STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 405 of 500 21.3.2.12. Dummy Load (80-007401) When a combiner system is used to split or combine RF signals, in many cases it is most cost effective to use a standard stock item 4, 6 or 8 port device where, in fact, only a 3 or 6 port device is needed. In this case the Four Way Splitters (05-003302) each have their unused ports terminated with Dummy Load (80-007401) in order to preserve the correct impedance of the devices over the specified frequency range. This also has the advantage of allowing future expansion capability should extra channels or other functions become necessary. Dummy Load (80-007401) Specification Parameter Specification VSWR
(Max) Frequency Range 0 to 1000MHz Power Rating 1.6 Watts 0-500MHz 1.2:1 500-1000MHz 1.3:1 Temperature -20 to +55C N type Male Connector Nominal Impedance 50 Ohms 21.3.2.13. 12V (Single) Relay Board (80-008901) The General Purpose Relay Board allows the inversion of signals and the isolation of circuits. It is equipped with a single dual pole change-over relay RL1, with completely isolated wiring, accessed via a 15 way in-line connector. The relay is provided with polarity protection diodes and diodes for suppressing the transients caused by "flywheel effect" which can destroy switching transistors or induce spikes on neighbouring circuits. Its common use is to amalgamate all the alarm signals into one, volts-free relay contact pair for the main alarm system. 80-008901 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Operating voltage 8 to 30V (floating earth) Alarm threshold Vcc - 1.20 volt +15%
Alarm output relay contacts Max. switch current 1.0Amp Max. switch volts 120Vdc/60VA Max. switch power 24W/60VA Min. switch load 10.0A/10.0mV Relay isolation 1.5kV Mechanical life >2x107 operations Relay approval BT type 56 Temperature range Connector details Screw terminals
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C operational 21.3.2.14. Dual Diode Assembly (94-100004) The purpose of these dual diode assemblies is to allow two DC voltage sources to be combined, so that the main DC rail within the equipment can be sourced from either a mains driven PSU, or externally through an XLR connector or from dual mains driven PSUs. They are very heavy-duty diodes and they prevent any reverse current from flowing back to their source or the alternative supply rail. Combining diodes such as these will also be used if the equipment is to be powered from external back-up batteries. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 406 of 500 21.3.2.15. 12V Switch-Mode PSU (96-300052) No routine maintenance of the PSU is required. If a fault is suspected, then the output voltage from the power supply may be measured on its output terminals. This is typically set to 12.2V. The adjustment potentiometer will be found close to the DC output terminals. The line input voltage is sensed automatically, so no adjustment or link setting is needed by the operator. 96-300052 Specification AC Input Supply DC Output Supply 110 or 220V nominal Voltage 85 - 265V AC (absolute limits) Frequency 47 to 63Hz 12V DC (nominal) Voltage 10.5-13.8V (absolute limits) Current 12.5A STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 407 of 500 INTERNATIONAL STATION 800MHZ BDA (80-330555-1) 22. Rack number CR9-CR-07 International Station 800MHz BDA (80-330555-1) Section Component Component Part Description Part 50-132203 800MHz Output Quadplexer/Combiner 50-132205 800MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System Qty Per Assembly 1 2 22.3.1. 22.3.2. STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 408 of 500 22.1. International Station 800MHz BDA (80-330555-1) Rack elevation Drawing number 80-330555 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 409 of 500 22.2. International Station 800MHz BDA (80-330555-1) System diagram Drawing number 80-330585-1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 410 of 500 22.3. International Station 800MHz BDA (80-330555-1) Major Components 22.3.1. 800MHz Output Quadplexer/Combiner (50-132203) 3U rack mount tray 800MHz Output Quadplexer/Combiner (50-132203) List of major Components Section Component Component Part Description Part 22.3.1.3. 22.3.1.4. 22.3.1.5. 22.3.1.6. Bandpass Filter 4 Port Hybrid Coupler 02-007206 05-003007 07-015105 Wideband Asymmetric Coupler 09-000902 Dummy load Qty Per Assembly 4 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 411 of 500 22.3.1.1. 800MHz Output Quadplexer/Combiner (50-132203) Outline Drawing Drawing number 50-1322103 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 412 of 500 22.3.1.2. 800MHz Output Quadplexer/Combiner (50-132203) System Diagram Drawing number 50-132283 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 413 of 500 22.3.1.3. Bandpass Filter (02-007206) in order to optimise The bandpass filters are multi-section designs with a bandwidth dependent upon the passband frequencies, (both tuned to customer requirements). The response shape is basically Chebyshev with a passband design ripple of 0.1dB. The filters are of slot coupled, folded combline design, and are carefully aligned during manufacture loss, VSWR and intermodulation characteristics of the unit. The tuned elements are silver-plated to reduce surface ohmic losses and maintain a good VSWR figure and 50 load at the input and output ports. Being passive devices, the bandpass filters should have an extremely long operational life and require no maintenance. Should a filter be suspect, it is usually most time efficient to replace the module rather than attempt repair or re-tuning. No adjustments should be attempted without full network sweep analysis facilities to monitor both insertion loss and VSWR simultaneously. 02-007206 Specification insertion the PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Response type Chebyshev Frequency range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25MHz *
Number of sections 8 Insertion loss 1.2 dB VSWR better than 1.2:1 Connectors SMA female Power handling 100W max operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Weight 3 kg (typical) Temperature range
*tuned to Customer's specification 22.3.1.4. 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) This transmitter hybrid coupler is a device for accurately matching two or more RF signals to single or multiple ports, whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all inputs/outputs and ensuring that the insertion losses are kept to a minimum. Any unused ports should be terminated with an appropriate 50 load. In this specific instance one port of 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) is terminated with Dummy load 09-000902 (see below). 05-003007 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency range 700-900MHz Insertion loss 6.5dB (in band, typical) Bandwidth 200MHz Rejection >14dB Connectors SMA Weight <1.0kg Temperature range operational
-10C to +60C storage -20C to +70C STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 414 of 500 22.3.1.5. Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) The purpose of Wideband Asymmetric Coupler (07-015105) is to tap off a known portion (in this case 30dB) of RF signal from transmission lines and to combine them, for example through splitter units for different purposes (alarms/monitoring etc.), whilst maintaining an accurate 50 load to all ports/interfaces throughout the specified frequency range. They are known formally as directional couplers as they couple power from the RF mainline in one direction only. 07-015105 Specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Construction Inductive air gap Frequency 800-2500MHz Through loss 0.4dB (typical) Coupling level
-30dB 0.5dB Isolation N/A Weight <1.0kg Connectors SMA, female operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C Temperature range 22.3.1.6. Dummy load 09-000902 When a combiner system is used to split or combine RF signals, in many cases it is most cost effective to use a standard stock item 4, 6 or 8 port device where, in fact, only a 3 or 6 port device is needed. In this case 4 Port Hybrid Coupler (05-003007) has one of its ports terminated with an appropriate Dummy Load in order to preserve the correct impedance of the device over the specified frequency range. 09-000902 specification PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Frequency Range 0 - 2500 MHz Power Rating 25 Watts continuous VSWR Better than 1.1:1 Impedance 50 Ohms Temperature Range -20 to +60C RF Connectors N Type female Dimension 110.3mm x 38.1mm x Weight 485 grams Finish Black Anodised RF Connector N Type male Environmental IP66 MTBF >180,000 hours STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 415 of 500 22.3.2. 800MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132205) 800MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132205) consists of 5 Dielectric Cavity Resonators mounted on two 3U rack mount panels, three on one panel and two on the other 800MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132205) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description Part 22.3.2.3. 04-003401 Dielectric Cavity Resonator Qty Per Assembly 5 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 416 of 500 22.3.2.1. 800MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132205) Outline Drawing Drawing number 50-1322105 S G N X F 6 M R O F E L B A T U S S T O L S x 8 0 0 6 6 4 0 5 2 8 4
. I I I I I G N W A R D E N L T U O R E N B M O C Y T V A C H C 5 I I z H M 0 0 8 A A 5 0 1 2 2 3 1
0 5
3 1
7 0 0 2 0 1 6 2
B P
7 0 0 1 2 0
L P D G 7 0 0 2
0 1
6 2 L P E U S S I I L A N G R O I A A 1 I
) S E G D E
E C A F T N O R F
5 3 0 7 L A R D E T N A P I I I M U N M U L A
I S S S A H C
L E N A P T N O R F
L A R E T A M I I E T D R I I
L E N A P T N O R F
I H S N F I
L E N A P T N O R F S R O T C E N N O C T E K C O S E P Y T
N 5 0 2 2 3 1
0 5
R E B M U N T C U D O R P 190.50 265.9 6U 37.7 532.2 12U 190.50 265.9 6U 37.7 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 417 of 500 22.3.2.2. 800MHz 5 Cavity Combiner System (50-132205) System Diagram Drawing number 50-132285 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 418 of 500 22.3.2.2. Dielectric Cavity Resonator (04-003401) Cavity resonators are used in this system for their high Q factor response and power handling characteristics. Being finely tuned items, they can be prone to being de-tuned by mechanical shock or vibration therefore these units should be handled, stored and installed with care. Note that the cavities are coupled together using critical length harnesses. If any cable is to be changed the exact same length and type of cable should be used for replacement. 04-003401 Specification Specification Parameter Frequency Range 800 - 950MHz *
Bandwidth 25 kHz*
Insertion Loss < 1.0 dB Return Loss > 15 dB (at both ports) Attenuation > 10 dB at Fc 1 MHz Power Handling (CW) 20W IP54 Environmental Size 124mm x 158mm x 157mm**
Weight 1.5 kg Connectors N female Temperature range operation -20C to +60C storage -40C to +70C
*Tuned to Customers specification
**Height is dependant upon position of tuning plunger STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 419 of 500 INTERNATIONAL STATION 800MHZ BDA 23. Rack number CR9-CR-08 International Station 800MHz BDA (80-330555-2) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description Part 50-132202 50-132204 800MHz Channelised Amplifier 800MHz Uplink Amplifier/ Quadplexer 23.3.1. 23.3.2. Qty Per Assembly 10 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 420 of 500 23.1. International Station 800MHz BDA (80-330555-2) Outline Drawing Drawing number 80-330555 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 421 of 500 23.2 International Station 800MHz BDA (80-330555-2) System Diagram Drawing number 80-330585-2 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 422 of 500 23.3. International Station 800MHz BDA (80-330555-2) Major Components 23.3.1. 800MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132202) 3U rack mount chassis 800MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132202) List of Major Components Section Component Component Part Description Part Switched Attenuator 0.25W, 0 - 15dB Low Noise Amplifier Power Amplifier 09-000902 Dummy load 10-000901 11-006702 12-020804 13-003412 DC/DC Converter 17-009127 Channel Selectivity Module 17-011501 Channel Control Module 23.3.1.3. 23.3.1.4. 23.3.1.5. 23.3.1.6. 23.3.1.7. 23.3.1.8. 23.3.1.9. 23.3.1.10. 80-008902 23.3.1.11. 93-910045 Dual Isolator 850-870MHz 23.3.1.12. 94-100004 Dual Diode Assembly 23.3.1.13. 96-300060 24V Relay Board PSU 24V Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 423 of 500 23.3.1.1. 800MHz Channelised Amplifier (50-132202) Outline Drawing Drawing number 50-1322102 POWER ON ALARM STTRS DOCUMENTATION Document Number 80-330501HBKM Issue A - Draft Page 424 of 500
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2008-07-07 | 854 ~ 869 | TNB - Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter | Original Equipment |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 | Effective |
2008-07-07
|
||||
1 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Axell Wireless
|
||||
1 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0007840820
|
||||
1 | Physical Address |
The Cobham Centre
|
||||
1 |
Marlow, Bucks, N/A SL7 1TF
|
|||||
1 |
United Kingdom
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 | TCB Application Email Address |
p******@trac-trl.com
|
||||
1 | TCB Scope |
B2: General Mobile Radio And Broadcast Services equipment in the following 47 CFR Parts 22 (non-cellular) 73, 74, 90, 95, 97, & 101 (all below 3 GHz)
|
||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 | Grantee Code |
NEO
|
||||
1 | Equipment Product Code |
55-165703
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 | Name |
B****** B********
|
||||
1 | Title |
Operations Support Director
|
||||
1 | Telephone Number |
+44(0********
|
||||
1 | Fax Number |
+44(0********
|
||||
1 |
b******@cobhamwireless.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 | Equipment Class | TNB - Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter | ||||
1 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | 55-165703 Cell Enhancer | ||||
1 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 | Purpose / Application is for | Original Equipment | ||||
1 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
1 | Grant Comments | Booster, Declared Output Power is Per Channel | ||||
1 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 | Firm Name |
Element Materials Technology Warwick Ltd
|
||||
1 | Name |
S******** B********
|
||||
1 | Telephone Number |
01684********
|
||||
1 | Fax Number |
01684********
|
||||
1 |
s******@element.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 9 | 854 | 869 | 0.82 | Amp | F3E | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 9 | 809 | 824 | 0.011 | Amp | F3E |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC